Canadá

  • Gobernador General:Mary Simon
  • Primer Ministro:Justin Trudeau
  • Capital:Ottawa
  • Idiomas:English (official) 58.7%, French (official) 22%, Punjabi 1.4%, Italian 1.3%, Spanish 1.3%, German 1.3%, Cantonese 1.2%, Tagalog 1.2%, Arabic 1.1%, other 10.5% (2011 est.)
  • Gobierno
  • Instituto Nacional de Estadística
  • Población, personas:38.944.775 (2024)
  • Área, km2:8.788.700
  • PIB per cápita, US$:55.522 (2022)
  • PIB, mil millones US$:2.161,5 (2022)
  • Índice de GINI:31,7 (2019)
  • Ranking de Facilidad para Hacer Negocios:23

Todos los conjuntos de datos: 1 2 6 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y
  • 1
  • 2
  • 6
  • 9
  • A
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of grants of citizenship of the reporting country to persons usually resident in the reporting country who have previously been citizens of another country or who have been stateless.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collection on statistics on acquisitions of citizenship is structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, acquisition and loss of citizenship, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements". The demographic data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes. For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on acquisition and loss of citizenship are collected:Acquisitions of  citizenship by age, sex and former citizenshipLoss of citizenship by sex and new citizenship   Naturalisation rates: based on the different breakdowns of data on acquisition of citizenship and migrant population received, Eurostat produces the following:Statistics available in migr_acqs:                  a.   share of foreign citizens who have acquired citizenship                  b.   share of EU citizens who have acquired citizenship                  c.   share of  non-EU citizens who have acquired citizenship
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Canada: Actual hours worked at main job by industry, monthly, seasonally adjusted, last 5 months
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator shows the volume of goods transported in Europe (in tonnes), broken down by country and by year. The data covers the total volume of freight and mail loaded/unloaded.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly aircraft movements (civil itinerant, civil local, military itinerant, military local) for airports with NAV CANADA towers.
    • mayo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual aircraft movements by class of operation (itinerant and local) by rank and number of movements, for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly aircraft movements (civil itinerant, civil local, military itinerant, military local) for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly aircraft movements (itinerant and local) by rank, number, peak hour and peak day, for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations. Aircraft movements, by class of operation and peak hour and peak day of movements, airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly aircraft movements (itinerant and local) by rank, number, peak hour and peak day, for airports with NAV CANADA towers.   Aircraft movements, by class of operation and peak hour and peak day of movements, for airports with NAV CANADA towers, monthly
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. All valid permits on 31st December (end of the year). This data include statistics on all valid permits at the end of reference period, therefore including first permits, change of status or reasons to stay and renewed permits.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AITRAW = All in average income tax rates at average wage OECD Taxing Wages. Taxing Wages provides unique information on income tax paid by workers and social security contributions levied on employees and their employers in OECD countries. In addition, this annual publication specifies family benefits paid as cash transfers. Amounts of taxes and benefits are detailed program by program, for eight household types which differ by income level and household composition. Results reported include the marginal and effective tax burden for one- and two-earner families, and total labour costs of employers.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD's ANalytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD) database presents annual data on Research and Development (R&D) expenditures by industry and was developed to provide analysts with comprehensive data on business R&D expenditures. The ANBERD database incorporates a number of estimations that build upon and extend national submissions of business enterprise R&D data by industry (main activity/industry orientation). The current version of the ANBERD database presents OECD countries' and selected non-member economies' business expenditure on R&D since 1987, broken down across 100 manufacturing and service industry groups. The reported data follow the International Standard Industrial Classification, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and are expressed in national currencies as well as in US dollars at Purchasing Power Parity (PPP), both at current and constant prices.   Main activity and industry orientation: The 2015 Frascati Manual practice is to report BERD on an enterprise basis. The main economic activity of an enterprise is usually defined as that which accounts for most of its economic outputs; this may be identified directly from sales or indirectly proxied (such as by numbers of personnel devoted to different activities). This determines the industry in which the enterprise, and any BERD it carries out, is classified. As such, all BERD of a diversified enterprise (i.e. one with multiple lines of business) is allocated to the same industry, that of its main activity. This enables, as far as possible, the alignment and compatability of BERD data with other economic statistics (e.g. value added broken down by industry). In addition, the Frascati Manual also recommends reporting BERD by industry orientation, whereby the statistical unit’s R&D is distributed across the various lines of business to which it relates. In a few countries, hybrid approaches are followed and reported as main activity data. As an example, some countries primarily follow the main activity approach but redistribute the R&D of large diversified firms across the economic activities to which it relates. This can affect interpretation of the data and resulting statistics. There are also important differences between countries in the treatment of R&D undertaken by firms in the service sector but closely associated (though not necessarily contractually) with manufacturing firms. Industrial research institutes, largely funded by the manufacturing industries they serve, are the most frequent examples. With the implementation of the 2015 Frascati Manual, such hybrid data will be phased out in favour of a strict main activity approach. Countries still reporting hybrid data are flagged in the ANBERD country notes.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and products used for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Livestock numbers are derived from surveys of farms or from administrative sources in November or December for each Member State.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below.   Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100. This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data. Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture economic statistics, value added account, Canada and provinces (dollars x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total production of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms from aquaculture ("fish-farming") from 2008 onwards, excluding hatcheries and nurseries. The data are expressed in Tonnes Live Weight (TLW, incl. shells, skeletons, etc.), Euro and Euro/Tonne. Production data from hatcheries and nurseries can be found in the fish_aq2b, fish_aq4a and fish_aq4b tables. Older data (1950-2007), excluding production from hatcheries and nurseries, are contained in the "Aquaculture production until 2007 (fish_aq08)" database.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture, production and value, Canada and provinces (in dollars and tonnes). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • marzo 2021
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 marzo, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Average yield, area harvested and planted, total and marketed production of vegetables.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period. New asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection for the first time
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period. New asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection for the first time.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Asylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator shows the number of first-time asylum applicants per million inhabitants and the number of positive first instance decisions per million inhabitants. Please note that caution is required when comparing these two values, since applications received in a given year might not be processed until a later year. Source data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. A first-time applicant for international protection is a person who lodged an application for asylum for the first time in a given Member State. First instance decisions are decisions granted by the respective authority acting as a first instance of the administrative/judicial asylum procedure in the receiving country.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Netherlands
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at:  CBS StatLine databank https://opendata.cbs.nl/statline/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS Publication: Asylum requests; international https://opendata.cbs.nl/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS&tableId=80498ENG&_theme=1088 License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Requests for asylum in member states of the European Union and some countries outside the European Union. In addition to the total number of asylum requests, the number of first asylum requests is also included. The data with respect to EU member states in this table is based on data from Eurostat and is partly different from data published in the table Asylum requests; international 1990-2009. See link section 3. The figures for the countries outside the European Union are submitted by the UNHCR. Data available from: 2008. Status of the figures: The data are final, but it occasionally happens that countries provide revised data. Therefore, the data in the table may be subject to change. Changes as of 22 December 2017: The figures for EU-28, Austria, France, Ireland and the United Kingdom have been adjusted for the year 2016 and the figure for Canada has been adjusted for the year 2015. The figures for Canada and Australia have been added for the year 2016. For the United States there is no current figure available for the year 2016. When will new figures be published? Figures for 2017 will be published in April 2018.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 42560 series, with data for years 2009 - 2014 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (14 items: Canada; Newfoundland and Labrador; Prince Edward Island; Nova Scotia; ...); Price (2 items: Original prices; Current prices); Age (2 items: Average age; Remaining useful service life ratio); Industry (20 items: Total all industries; Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting; Mining, quarrying and oil and gas extraction; Utilities; ...); Assets (38 items: Total non-residential; Building; Industrial buildings; Office buildings; ...).
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers. The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year. Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy.  Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees.   Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2017 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2017 prices.   Real compensation per employee (instead of real wages) are considered for Chile, Iceland, Mexico and New Zealand.
    • diciembre 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 agosto, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The average effective age of retirement is calculated as a weighted average of (net) withdrawals from the labour market at different ages over a 5-year period for workers initially aged 40 and over. In order to abstract from compositional effects in the age structure of the population, labour force withdrawals are estimated based on changes in labour force participation rates rather than labour force levels. These changes are calculated for each (synthetic) cohort divided into 5-year age groups. The estimates shown in red are less reliable as they have been derived from interpolations of census data rather than from annual labour force surveys. The estimates for women in Turkey are based on 3-yearly moving averages of participation rates for each 5-year age group. OECD estimates based on the results of national labour force surveys, the European Union Labour Force Survey and, for earlier years in some countries, national censuses.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Average usual hours and wages of employees (full- and part-time) by age group, sex, union coverage, job permanency, and National Occupational Classification (NOC), last 5 months.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Average weekly earnings (including overtime) for all employees by enterprise size and North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 quarters.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Average weekly hours (including overtime) for employees paid by the hour, by enterprise size and North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 quarters.
  • B
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sugar Data of United States
    • abril 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 abril, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      STAN Bilateral Trade Database by Industry and End-use category (BTDIxE) provides values of imports and exports (as well as re-imports and re-exports) of goods broken down by industrial sectors and by end-use categories. BTDIxE was designed to extend the old BTD database which provided bilateral trade in goods by industry only.  BTDIxE allows, for example, insights into the patterns of trade in intermediate goods between countries to track global production networks and supply chains, and it helps to address policy issues such as trade in value added and trade in tasks.  The database presents estimates of bilateral flows of goods from 1990 to the latest available year, i.e. 2018; the latest year shown is subject to the availability of underlying product-based annual trade statistics.  Reporters are the OECD member countries and a large number of non-OECD economies, including the BRIICS: Brazil, the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, People's Republic of China and South Africa; other selected G20 and Asian economies; and major African and Latin American nations.  It should be noted that starting from mid-2012, the OECD and the United Nations agreed to centralise the data collection and processing procedures within UNSD Comtrade.  The list of partners covers the OECD countries, more than a hundred of non-member economies as well as the partners "World", "Rest of the World" and "Unspecified". The partner "Total foreign trade" corresponds to the flows with partner "World" excluding intra-country flows. Trade flows are divided into economic activities based on the Revision 4 of ISIC and nine end-use categories including capital goods, intermediate goods and household consumption.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Business demography produces information such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates, and their employment shares. These main derived indicators are expressed as ratios of total active enterprises or enterprises born in the reference period. Presented data refer to the business economy, covering sections B to N (excluding activities of holding companies – K64.2) according to NACE Rev. 2.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Business demography contains information for characteristics and demography of the business population. The category presents main variables, such as enterprise births (often referred to as business entries), enterprise deaths (often referred to as business exits), and enterprise survivals. Enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Information refers to the business economy, covering sections B to N (excluding activities of holding companies – K64.2) according to NACE Rev. 2.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 20475 series, with data for years 2014 - 2015 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (13 items: Newfoundland and Labrador; Prince Edward Island; Nova Scotia; New Brunswick; ...) North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) (75 items: Total all industries; Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting; Agriculture (except aquaculture) and support activities for crop production and animal production; Forestry, logging and support activities for forestry; ...) Country of control (3 items: Total country of control; Canada; Foreign) Research and development characteristics (7 items: Total in-house research and development expenditures; Total current in-house research and development expenditures in Canada; Total capital in-house research and development expenditures in Canada; Total in-house research and development personnel; ...).
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
  • C
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: National Energy Board, Government of Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 29 series, with data for years 2009 - 2019 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years).This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (1 item: Canada) Central government debt (29 items: A. Federal debt (accumulated deficit), (B - E); B. Net debt, (C - D); C. Liabilities, gross debt; Accounts payable and accrued liabilities; ...).
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Farm product price index (FPPI), monthly weights, Canada (index, 2007=100). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Owner occupied and landlord and tenant occupied expenditures for Canada, the provinces and territories, annual.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Canadian government finance statistics (CGFS), statement of operations and balance sheet for the Canada and Quebec pension plans, annual (dollars x 1,000,000), 5 most recent time periods.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Canadian government finance statistics (CGFS), statement of operations and balance sheet for education institutions, annual (dollars x 1,000,000), 5 most recent time periods.
    • marzo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cpc_ecgov  The focus of this domain is on the following country groups:Acceeding country: Croatia (HR)Candidate countries: the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)Potential candidate countries: Albania (AL), Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo under UNSCR 1244/99 (XK)
    • marzo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), and Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total annual catch of fishery products by EU Member States, Iceland and Norway and other major fishing nations from all oceans and internal waters of the world. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the Eastern Central Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the east of 40°W longitude between latitudes 36°N and 6°S. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the Mediterranean. This region, known as FAO Major Fishing Area 37, comprises the Mediterranean and the adjacent Black Sea. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 enero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the North-east Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the east of 42°W longitude and north of 36°N latitude. It includes the waters of the Baltic Sea. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 enero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the North-west Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the west of 42°W longitude and north of 35°N latitude. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Cattle and calves statistics, number of farms reporting and average number of cattle and calves per farm, Canada and provinces (number). Data are available on a semi-annual basis.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Cattle statistics, supply and disposition of cattle, Canada and provinces (head x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 26 series, with data for years 2009 - 2019 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years), and was last released on 2019-07-29. This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (1 item: Canada), Central government operations (26 items: A. Budgetary balance, deficit (-) / surplus (+), (B - C); B. Revenues; C. Expenses; Program expenses; ...).   Canada: Central government operations: budgetary balance, non-budgetary transactions, and financial source/requirement
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      CGPITRT: Central government personal income tax rates and threshold   This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total sales of flowers, plants, fruit and vegetables to retail florists, wholesalers, market chain stores, public agencies, etc.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsRegionThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series.NationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.InformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ... confidentialFor reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship by municipality have been marked with three dots. Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitized into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsAreaThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series. Data for merged municipalities have been combined. Partial municipal mergers have not been taken into account in the years preceding the merger.NationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryInformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Commercial sales of milk and cream, Canada and provinces (in kilolitres). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • octubre 2021
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Compensation of employees is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter. In particular, it also includes social contributions paid by the employer.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed in million national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) (ESA 2010, 4.02) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed in million national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Business surveys provide a rapid means of compiling simple statistics with the results available before those of traditional statistical methods, and provide also information on areas not covered by quantitative statistics. Details provided by respondents are generally of very high quality since the questions related to subjects with which they are familiar, thus the past and future performance of their business is highly reliable. Similarly, consumers provide a very high quality information on their purchasing information and price trend. Source: DG ECFIN
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption and industrial uses, N and P is removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without fertilisation could lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to improve crop yields and soils. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the amount of fertiliser applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients (eutrophication) can cause serious degradation of ecosystems. With the storage and application to the land of manufactured fertilisers, Nitrogen can volatilise into the air as ammonia contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution, and nitrous oxides, a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change.  In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N and tonnes of P received from the countries. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El costo de la mano de obra es el costo que corre a cargo del empleador que ocupa a la mano de obra durante un período de referencia especificado. El concepto estadístico del costo de la mano de obra abarca la remuneración por el trabajo cumplido, la remuneración por tiempo no trabajado, las primas y gratificaciones, los gastos en concepto de comidas, bebidas y otros pagos en especie, los costos de vivienda de los trabajadores a cargo de los empleadores, los gastos de seguridad social de los empleadores, los gastos de formación profesional a cargo de los empleadores, el costo de los servicios de bienestar y los costos no clasificados en otros grupos, como los gastos de transporte de los trabajadores, el suministro de ropa de trabajo y los gastos de contratación, así como los impuestos considerados como costos de mano de obra. Se trata de una serie armonizada: (1) los datos referentes a costos semanales, mensuales o anuales fueron convertidos a costos horarios en moneda local utilizando datos sobre las horas de trabajo (donde estaban disponibles); y luego (2) los datos se convierten a una moneda común, el dólar constante en paridad de poder adquisitivo 2017, utilizando la tasa de cambio con el dólar US y la tasa de paridad de poder adquisitivo del 2017. Esta serie basada en una moneda común permite de realizar comparaciones internacionales teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de precio relativas entre países. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). Para obtener más información, consulte la página de conceptos y definiciones.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Crop output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and crop products used as animal feedingstuffs, for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop.The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop.The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data:area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop. The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in:17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on the production of the crushing of seed, oil and meal.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • febrero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. (ESA 2010 code D.5) cover all compulsory, unrequited payments, in cash or in kind, levied periodically by general government and by the rest of the world on the income and wealth of institutional units, and some periodic taxes which are assessed neither on that income nor that wealth. In ESA 2010, current taxes on income, wealth, etc. are divided into taxes on income and other current taxes.
  • D
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global Surface Summary of the Day is derived from The Integrated Surface Hourly (ISH) dataset. The ISH dataset includes global data obtained from the USAF Climatology Center, located in the Federal Climate Complex with NCDC. The latest daily summary data are normally available 1-2 days after the date-time of the observations used in the daily summaries. Data cited at: https://www.ncei.noaa.gov/data/global-summary-of-the-day/archive/
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on: the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers; the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers; gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: North Atlantic Treaty Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: Figures 019 are estimates. The NATO Europe and NATO Total aggregates from 2017 include Montenegro, which became an Ally on 5 June 2017
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset traces net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators, in particular land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. Please bear in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary for some countries.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Las personas en desocupación son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Las personas en desocupación son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual final consumption expenditure for the household sector excluding sales tax; provincial sales taxes, and; Goods and Services tax, by province and territory.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual final consumption expenditure for the household sector, in current and constant 2007 prices, by province and territory.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The disposable income of private households is the balance of primary income (operating surplus/mixed income plus compensation of employees plus property income received minus property income paid) and the redistribution of income in cash. These transactions comprise social contributions paid, social benefits in cash received, current taxes on income and wealth paid, as well as other current transfers. Disposable income does not include social transfers in kind coming from public administrations or non-profit institutions serving households.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements (domestic, transborder and international) by type of operation (level I-III and foreign air carriers, level IV-VI, other commercial, private, government civil and government military), for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations. Domestic and international itinerant movements, by type of operation, airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements (domestic, transborder and international) by type of operation (level I-III and foreign air carriers, level IV-VI, other commercial, private, government civil and government military) for airports with NAV CANADA towers.   Domestic and international Itinerant movements, by type of operation, airports with NAV CANADA towers, monthly
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table includes the areas, productions and humidity of field peas, broad and field beans, sweet lupins, dry beans, other dry peas, lentils, chickling vetch, chick peas, vetches and other protein crops sown in pure crops or as mixtures with cereals harvested dry for grain. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat. 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production between the Members States, the publication of "humidity" for each country is needed. Only the EU-aggregate for the production is published with a standard EU humidity.
  • E
    • mayo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The economic accounts for forestry and logging are based on national accounts, but are collected with greater detail. Current prices means prices of that particular year. Annual inflation must yet be taken into account if one wishes to compare the values of different years. Basic prices means the price received by the producer after deduction of all taxes on products, but including all subsidies on products. Gross value added is the value of the output less the value of intermediate consumption. Fixed capital relates to longer-lived assets (e.g. equipment or buildings) that are either acquired (this is gross fixed capital formation) or consumed (this is fixed capital consumption, the annual reduction in the value of fixed assets). The definition of the activity of forestry and logging is based on Division 02 of NACE Rev. 2.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyzes the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labor markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labor Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was June 1, 2023. The aggregation of world trade takes into account the projections made for the main non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Algeria, Angola, Azerbaijan Bahrain, Brunei, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Ecuador, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Iran, Iraq, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Timor-Leste , Trinidad and Tobago, Turkmenistan, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Venezuela); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • agosto 2020
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 agosto, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
       This indicator measures the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes or lower benefit entitlements when a jobless person takes up employment. It is commonly referred to as "Participation Tax Rate (PTR)" as it measures financial disincentives to participate in the labour market.
    • agosto 2020
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 agosto, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Related data is available here: https://knoema.com/PTRCCSA/ptrs-for-parents-claiming-guaranteed-minimum-income-gmi-benefits-and-using-childcare-services This indicator measures the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes, lower benefits or childcare costs when a parent with young children takes up full-time employment and requires use of centre-based childcare services.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2022
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 abril, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total number of long-term emigrantsleaving from the reporting country during the reference year
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • diciembre 2022
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The FAOSTAT domain Organic soils consist of nitrous oxide (N2O) and carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions associated with the drainage of organic soils ? using histosols as proxy ? for agriculture. Data are computed geospatially, using the Tier 1 method of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National greenhouse gas Inventories (IPCC, 2006). Estimates are available by country and with global coverage, in complete time series for the period 1990?2019. The database is updated annually. The FAOSTAT domain Organic soils disseminates information by country on: activity data (in hectares of organic soils drained for agriculture); and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (in kilotonnes of N2O and CO2). Drainage and associated emissions are assessed separately for IPCC land use categories cropland and grassland, corresponding to FAO land use categories ??cropland?? and ??permanent meadows and pastures.?? Data are available for all countries and territories, for standard FAOSTAT regional aggregations, and for Annex I and non-Annex I country groups. This FAOSTAT domain also disseminates the activity data and emissions data reported by countries to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), under ?Cultivation of organic soils? for the N2O component and categories ?Cropland drained organic soils? and ?Grassland drained organic soils? for the CO2. Activity data are sourced from the most recently available GHG National Inventories (NGHGI) or from National Communications. Emission data are sourced directly from the UNFCCC data portal or from Biennial Update Reports (BURs). UNFCCC data are disseminated in FAOSTAT with permission, formalized via a FAO-UNFCCC Memorandum of Understanding.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bd_9fh_sz_cl_r2 The data category covers a group of variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The data are drawn from business registers, although some individual countries improve the availability or freshness of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of employees and average weekly earnings (including overtime) for all employees by provinces, territories and North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 months.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (EUROSTAT, OECD, CIS) official sources. Definition:Employment, as referred to the System of National Accounts 1993, covers all persons - both employees and self-employed - engaged in a productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system. It includes both the residents and the non-residents who work for resident producer units. In case of deviation, the actual definition is provided in the country footnote. Employment data provided in this table generally differ from employment data provided in Gender Statistics, which cover only residents. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked or rescaled to build long consistent time series. As a result, absolute figures presented in this table may differ from those published by National Statistical Offices and should be taken with caution. However, the derived growth rates correspond to the originally reported series. Regional aggregates are computed by UNECE secretariat. For more details see the composition of regions note. Country: Albania Employment: end of period. Country: Armenia Employment: LFS - based. Country: Azerbaijan Geographical coverage: excludes Nagorno-Karabakh. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS - based. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Employment:LFS - based. Country: Croatia Employment: LFS-based. Country: France Geographical Coverage: Data for France include the overseas departments (DOM). Country: Georgia Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: Register-based. Country: Israel Employment: LFS-based. Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Kazakhstan Employment: LFS-based. Country: Lithuania Employment: LFS-based. Country: Moldova, Republic of Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Transnistria. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based. Country: Romania Employment: LFS-based. For the years 1990-2001 UNECE estimates. Country: Russian Federation Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Geographical Coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Employment: LFS - based. Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Employment: LFS-based. Country: Turkey Employment: Annual breakdowns by activity and quarterly data are LFS-based. Country: Ukraine Employment: LFS-based. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (EUROSTAT, OECD, CIS) official sources. Definition:Employment, as referred to the System of National Accounts 1993, covers all persons - both employees and self-employed - engaged in a productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system. It includes both the residents and the non-residents who work for resident producer units. In case of deviation, the actual definition is provided in the country footnote. Employment data provided in this table generally differ from employment data provided in Gender Statistics, which cover only residents. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked or rescaled to build long consistent time series. As a result, absolute figures presented in this table may differ from those published by National Statistical Offices and should be taken with caution. However, the derived growth rates correspond to the originally reported series. Regional aggregates are computed by UNECE secretariat. For more details see the composition of regions note.Country: Albania Employment: end of period.Country: Armenia Employment: LFS - based.Country: Azerbaijan Geographical coverage: excludes Nagorno-Karabakh. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS - based.Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Employment:LFS - based.Country: Croatia Employment: LFS-based.Country: France Geographical Coverage: Data for France include the overseas departments (DOM).Country: Georgia Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: Register-based.Country: Iceland Employment: LFS - based.Country: Israel Employment: LFS-based. Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem.Country: Kazakhstan Employment: LFS-based.Country: Moldova, Republic of Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Transnistria. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based.Country: Romania Employment: LFS-based. For the years 1990-2001 UNECE estimates.Country: Russian Federation Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013.Country: Serbia Geographical Coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Employment: LFS - based.Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Employment: LFS-based.Country: Turkey Employment: Annual breakdowns by activity and quarterly data are LFS-based.Country: Ukraine Employment: LFS-based. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat) official sources. Definition: The employed are all the residents above a specified age who, during a specified brief period, either one week or one day, were in the following categories: (a) paid employment: (a1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for wage or salary, in cash or in kind; (a2) with a job but not at work: persons who, having already worked in their present job, were temporarily not at work during the reference period and had a formal attachment to their job; (b) self-employment: (b1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for profit or family gain, in cash or in kind; (b2) with an enterprise but not at work: persons with an enterprise, which may be a business enterprise, a farm or a service undertaking, who were temporarily not at work during the reference period for any specific reason. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). Part-time/full-time: A part-time worker is an employed person whose normal hours of work are less than those of comparable full-time workers. In most countries, the distinction between part-time and full-time work is based on self-declaration. In a few countries, work is defined as part-time when the hours usually worked are below a fixed threshold. Data for EU-27, Croatia, Iceland, Norway, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia and Turkey from the year 2008 corresponds to the NACE rev 2, before 2008 data is according to the NACE rev1.1. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not available Country: Albania 2007-2012: Part-time worker refers to an employed person whose usual hours of work are less than 35 hours/week. Country: Albania 2013-2015: Distinction between part-time and full-time workers is based on worker self-identification. Country: Armenia Break in methodlogy (2008): 2007 data refer to population aged 16-75. Since 2008 data refer to population aged 15-75. Break in methodlogy (2014): From 2007 to 2013 data are based on the Integrated Survey of the Household Living Standards. Since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Country: Belarus 2014: changes in methodology Country: France Since 2014 data include also the French overseas departments (Guadeloupe, Martinique, Guyane, La Reunion) with the exception of Mayotte. Country: Georgia Territorial change (2002 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.f Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2012): 1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (1980): Data refers to population 14+. Country: Israel Change in definition (2005): 1) Update of the definitions of labour force characteristics; 2) Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Russian Federation Change in definition (1990 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 years. Underemployment - the person who work less than 30 hours in the surveyed week Country: Russian Federation Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1992 Country: Russian Federation Territorial change (1990 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen Republic Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Ukraine From 2014 data cover the territories under the government control. Country: Ukraine Data do not cover the persons who are still living in the area of Chernobyl contaminated with radioactive material. Data do not cover the persons who are living in institutions and those who are working in the army. Data refer to the population aged 15-70.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The employed are all the persons above a specified age who, during a specified brief period, either one week or one day, were in the following categories: (a) paid employment: (a1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for wage or salary, in cash or in kind; (a2) with a job but not at work: persons who, having already worked in their present job, were temporarily not at work during the reference period and had a formal attachment to their job; (b) self-employment: (b1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for profit or family gain, in cash or in kind; (b2) with an enterprise but not at work: persons with an enterprise, which may be a business enterprise, a farm or a service undertaking, who were temporarily not at work during the reference period for any specific reason. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The occupation groups correspond to first-level categories in the 2008 version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO-08). For the EU and EFTA member-states the year of transition to ISCO-08 is 2011, for other countries please see Country footnotes. The level of education is the highest level successfully completed in the educational system of the country where the education is received. The levels are defined with reference to the International Standard Classifications of Education ISCED 1997 and ISCED 2011. For the EU and EFTA member-states the levels of education are classified according to ISCED 2011 from 2014. For other countries please see Country footnotes. The transition from ISCO-88 to ISCO-08 and from ISCED 1997 to ISCED 2011 could entail a break in time series. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not available Country: Armenia Data for 2001 are from Population Census. Since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Country: Azerbaijan Data compiled according to ISCO-08. Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (2000): Data refer to 1999 Population Census. Measurement: Employment (thousands) , Country: Belarus Data compiled according to ISCO-88 Measurement: Percent of corresponding total of both sexes , Country: Belarus Data compiled according to ISCO-88 Measurement: Employment (thousands) , Country: Belarus Parts by education level may not add up due to the persons who did not indicate their levels of education Measurement: Percent of corresponding total of both sexes , Country: Belarus Parts by education level may not add up due to the persons who did not indicate their levels of education Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina From 2006 to 2014 data compiled using ISCED 97, from 2015 using ISCED 11. Country: Canada Change in definition (1990 onwards): Data are annual averages. Cells with 0 are estimates with less than 1,500 employed. Country: Canada Data do not cover the three northern territories (Yukon, Northwest and Nunavuk ) Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.f Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2012):1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Changes in the questionnaire (Highest Diploma Received, Discouraged Workers, Employees hired through employment agencies or employment contractors); See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_e_changes.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (2013): Changes in the Standard Classification of Occupations based on ISCO-08; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications12/occupations_class11/pd--f/draft_h.pdf (draft, Hebrew only) Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Russian Federation Change in definition (2000 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 years Country: Russian Federation Territorial change (2000 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen Republic Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. From 2013 data compiled according to ISCO-08. Country: Turkey Break in series (2014): Since 2014 series are not comparable with the previous years due to methodological changes in LFS. Country: Turkey Break in methodlogy (2004): Data are revised according to the 2008 population projections. Country: Turkey Until 2012, all occupations were coded according to ISCO-88. Since 2013, all occupations have been coded according to ISCO-08. Country: Ukraine Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Distribution by institutional sectors of the economy based on the assessment carried out in accordance with the National Classification of Occupations developed on the basis of ISCO 88. Country: Ukraine Territorial change (2000 - 2012): Data do not cover the area of radioactive contamination from the Chernobyl disaster. Country: United States Data for occupation refer to population 15+ and who have worked in the past 5 years. Data do not cover the armed forces. Occupation is classified according to the Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) 2000 manual (www.bls.gov/soc). For individuals with two or more jobs, data refer to the job having the greatest number of hours. For unemployed persons and persons who are not currently employed but report having a job within the last five years, data refer to their last job.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment consists of both employees and self-employed, who are engaged in some productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system (ESA 2010, 11.11). Employment covers employees and self-employed working for production units resident on the economic territory (i.e. the domestic employment concept). Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. The following countries provide employment data seasonally adjusted, without calendar adjustment: CZ, GR, FR, MT, PL, PT, SK and CH. The remaining countries provide employment data seasonally and calendar adjusted.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The employed are all the residents above a specified age who, during a specified brief period, either one week or one day, were in the following categories: (a) paid employment: (a1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for wage or salary, in cash or in kind; (a2) with a job but not at work: persons who, having already worked in their present job, were temporarily not at work during the reference period and had a formal attachment to their job; (b) self-employment: (b1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for profit or family gain, in cash or in kind; (b2) with an enterprise but not at work: persons with an enterprise, which may be a business enterprise, a farm or a service undertaking, who were temporarily not at work during the reference period for any specific reason. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The occupation groups correspond to first-level categories in the 2008 version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO-08). For the EU and EFTA member-states the year of transition from ISCO-88 to ISCO-08 is 2011. For other countries please see Country footnotes. The transition to ISCO-08 could entail a break in time series. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not availableCountry: AlbaniaFrom 2010 occupational groups according to ISCO-08.Country: Armenia Break in methodlogy (2014): since 2014 data refer to the population aged 15-75 and are based on the Labour Force Survey.2001: data come from Population Census.Country: AzerbaijanData compiled according to ISCO-08.Country: Azerbaijan Data are based on administrative registers.Country: BelarusData compiled according to ISCO-88Country: Belarus 2000 : data refer to 1999 and come from Population Census.Country: Belgium 1980 : data refer to 1983.Country: Bosnia and HerzegovinaFrom year 2006 to 2010 data compiling using ISCO 88, from 2011 using ISCO 08.Country: Bulgaria 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: CanadaChange in definition (1990 onwards): Data are annual averages. Cells with 0 are estimates with less than 1,500 employed.Country: CanadaData do not cover the three northern territories (Yukon, Northwest and Nunavuk )Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Estonia 1990 and 1995 : data refer to the population aged 15-69. From 2000 : data refer to the population aged 15-74.Country: Finland Data refer to the population aged 15-74.Country: France Since 2014, data include also the French overseas departments (Guadeloupe, Martinique, Guyane, La Reunion), with the exception of Mayotte.Country: Georgia Data do not cover Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali).Country: Germany 1980 : data refer to 1983.Country: Iceland Data refer to the population aged 16-74. 1990 : data refer to 1991.Country: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdfCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.fCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdfCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2012): 1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdfCountry: IsraelChange in definition (2000 - 2012): Changes in the questionnaire (Highest Diploma Received, Discouraged Workers, Employees hired through employment agencies or employment contractors); See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_e_changes.pdfCountry: IsraelChange in definition (2013): Changes in the Standard Classification of Occupations based on ISCO-08; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications12/occupations_class11/pd--f/draft_h.pdf (draft, Hebrew only)Country: KyrgyzstanUp to 2015 ISCO-88 has been usedCountry: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996.Country: Lithuania 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: Moldova, Republic ofData exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of BenderCountry: Portugal 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Russian FederationChange in definition (2000 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 yearsCountry: Russian FederationTerritorial change (1995 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen RepublicCountry: SerbiaData do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Starting in 2013 data compiled according ISCO-08.Country: Slovakia 1995 : the persons working in the armed forces are counted in the other groups.Country: Sweden Data refer to the population aged 16-64.Country: Switzerland 1990 : data refer to 1991.Country: UkraineChange in definition (2000 - 2012): Distribution by institutional sectors of the economy based on the assessment carried out in accordance with the National Classification of Occupations developed on the basis of ISCO 88.Country: UkraineTerritorial change (2000 - 2012): Data do not cover the area of radioactive contamination from the Chernobyl disaster.Country: United Kingdom Data refer to the population aged 16+.Country: United States Data refer to the population aged 16+. Data do not cover the armed forces. Occupation groups : 'Professionals' includes 'Technicians and associate professionals'; 'Craft and related workers' includes 'Plant machine operators and assemblers'.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The employed are all the residents above a specified age who, during a specified brief period, either one week or one day, were in the following categories: (a) paid employment: (a1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for wage or salary, in cash or in kind; (a2) with a job but not at work: persons who, having already worked in their present job, were temporarily not at work during the reference period and had a formal attachment to their job; (b) self-employment: (b1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for profit or family gain, in cash or in kind; (b2) with an enterprise but not at work: persons with an enterprise, which may be a business enterprise, a farm or a service undertaking, who were temporarily not at work during the reference period for any specific reason. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The breakdown by kind of economic activity is grouped into 3 categories. Agriculture includes agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing (ISIC Rev.3.1 Sections A-B or ISIC Rev.4 Section A). Industry includes mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, and construction (ISIC Rev.3.1 Sections C-F or ISIC Rev.4 Sections B-F ). Services comprise all other economic activities (ISIC Rev.3.1 Sections G-Q or ISIC Rev.4 Sections G-U). Total employment provided in this table generally differ from total employment provided in Economic Statistics, which cover both residents and non-residents (according to the System of National Accounts 1993). General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified in country footnotes. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not available Country: Albania Break in methodology (1980): from 1990 to 2006, data are based on administrative registers with sector breakdown according of NACE rev 1.1 Country: Albania Break in methodology (2007): As of 2007 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Sectors broken down according to NACE rev 1.1 (2007-2014) and NACE rev since 2015. Country: Armenia Break in methodlogy (2007, 2014): For the period of 1980-2000 and 2002-2006 data on employment are based on integrated data received from various sources. From 2007 to 2013 data are based on the Integrated Survey of the Household Living Standards. Since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Country: Armenia Break in methodlogy (2008): Data for 2007 refer to the age group 16-75. Since 2008 data refer to the age group 15-75. Country: Austria 1980-1990 : data refer to national definition (Life Subsistence Concept). From 1995 : data comply with ILO definition. Country: Azerbaijan Official estimates. 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Belarus Data refer to the national classification. Services include construction. Country: Belgium 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina From year 2006 to 2011, data compiled using ISIC Rev 3.1, from 2012 using ISIC Rev 4. Country: Bulgaria 1995 : data refer to 1997. Country: Canada Data do not cover the three northern territories (Yukon, Northwest and Nunavuk ). Country: Croatia 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1990 : data refer to 1992. Country: Denmark 1980 : data refer to 1982. Country: Estonia 1990-1995 : data refer to the population aged 15-69. From 2000 : data refer to the population aged 15-74. Country: Finland Data refer to the population aged 15-74. Country: France Data do not cover overseas departments (DOM). Country: Georgia Break in methodology (1980 - 1995): Data are based on administrative registers Country: Georgia Territorial change (1995 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region Country: Germany 1980 : data refer to 1983. From 1991 : data cover former German Democratic Republic (East Germany). Country: Hungary 1990 : data refer to 1992. Country: Iceland 1980 : data refer to 1981 and are based on administrative registers. 1990 : data refer to 1991. 1980 : data refer to the population aged 15-74. From 1990 : data refer to the population aged 16-74. Country: Ireland 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.f Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2012): 1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2013): Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities based on ISIC Rev.4; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications12/economic_activities11/--pdf/e_print.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (1995): 1) Update of the definitions of labour force characteristics; 2) Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (2003): Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities 2003, which mainly involved expanding the classification of high-tech industries; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_int_g.pdf Country: Italy 1980 : data refer to 1983. 1980-1990 : data refer to the economically active population aged 14+, which includes the persons who have been seeking employment in the last 6 months. From 1995 : data refer to the economically active population aged 15+, which includes the persons who have been seeking employment in the last 30 days. Country: Kyrgyzstan Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1996 Country: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Lithuania 1995 : data refer to 1997. Country: Luxembourg 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Netherlands 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Poland 1990 : official estimates based on administrative registers. Country: Romania 1995 : data refer to the population aged 14+. Country: Russian Federation Change in definition (2000 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 years Country: Russian Federation Territorial change (1990 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen Republic Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Sweden Data refer to the population aged 16-64. Country: Turkey Break in series (2014): Since 2014 series are not comparable with the previous years due to methodological changes in LFS. Country: Turkey Break in methodlogy (2004): Data are revised according to the 2008 population projections. Country: Turkey Up to 2008, economic activities in labour force survey (LFS) were coded by NACE Rev 1. From 2009 onwards, NACE Rev 2 has been used. Country: Ukraine For 2000-2011 data compiled according ISIC 3 Rev.1, since 2012 ISIC 4 is in use Country: Ukraine Territorial change (2000 - 2012): Data do not cover the area of radioactive contamination from the Chernobyl disaster. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to the population aged 16+. Country: United States Data refer to the population aged 16+. Agriculture excludes forestry and fishing. Country: Uzbekistan Services include construction
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The status of employment is defined with reference to the distinction between 'paid employment' and 'self-employment' jobs. Workers holding paid-employment jobs have explicit (written or oral) or implicit employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration which is not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Self-employment jobs are jobs where the remuneration is directly dependent upon the profits derived from the goods and services produced. Employees are all the workers who hold paid employment jobs. Employers are workers who hold self-employment jobs and have engaged, on a continuous basis, one or more persons to work for them in their business as employees. Own-account workers are workers who hold self-employment jobs and have not engaged, on a continuous basis, any employees to work for them during the reference period. Members of producers cooperatives are workers who hold self-employment jobs in a cooperative producing goods and services, in which each member takes part on an equal footing with other members in determining the organisation of production, sales and/or other work of the establishment, the investments and the distribution of the proceeds of the establishment amongst their members. Family workers are workers who hold self-employment jobs in a market-oriented establishment operated by a related person living in the same household. For additional information, see the International Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not available Country: Austria 1980-1990 : data refer to national definition (Life Subsistence Concept). 1980 : data on employers include own-account workers and family workers. 1990 : data on employers include own-account workers. Country: Azerbaijan Data are based on Population Census and administrative registers. Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (2000): Data refer to 1999 Population Census. Country: Belarus 2009: data are from the Population Census. Parts do not equal the totals due to employed persons not indicated their status in employment. Country: Belgium 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Estimates for family workers are less reliable in 2014-2015. Country: Bulgaria 1990 : data refer to 1993. Data on own-account workers include members of producers cooperatives. Country: Croatia 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1990 : data refer to 1992. Country: Czechia From 2002 : data on own-account workers include members of producers cooperatives. Country: Denmark 1980 : data refer to 1983; data on employers include own-account workers. Country: Estonia Data on employers and own-account workers include members of producers cooperatives. 1990-1995 : data refer to the population aged 15-69. From 2000 : data refer to the population aged 15-74. Country: Finland 1980-1995 : data on employers include own-account workers. Country: France Data do not cover overseas departments (DOM). 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Germany 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Greece 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Iceland 1990 : data refer to 1991. Country: Ireland 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Israel 1990: data refer to 1992. 1998, 2001: methodology revised, data not strictly comparable. Country: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Lithuania 1995 : data refer to 1997. Data on employers include own-account workers. Country: Netherlands 1980 : data refer to 1983. 1980-2001 : data on employers include own-account workers and members of producers cooperatives. Country: Norway 1980-2001 : data on employers include own-account workers and members of producers cooperatives. Country: Poland 1990 : data refer to 1992. Country: Romania 1995: data refer to population aged 14+. Country: Russian Federation Data refer to population aged 15-72. Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Spain Data refer to population aged 16+. 2005: methodology revised, data not strictly comparable. Country: Switzerland 1990 : data refer to 1991. Country: Turkey 2000: data revision based on Population Census 2000 Country: Ukraine Data do not cover the persons who are still living in the area of Chernobyl contaminated with radioactive material. Data do not cover the persons who are living in institutions and those who are working in the army. Data refer to the population aged 15-70. Country: United Kingdom 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: United States Data on employers include own-account workers. Data refer to population aged 16+. 1994: methodology revised, data not strictly comparable
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment for all employees by enterprise size and North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 quarters.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers: 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products; 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data; 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging. The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU). Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'. Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • diciembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Canada: Employment insurance beneficiaries (regular benefits) by province, territory and occupation, monthly, seasonally adjusted
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Regional (NUTS level 2) employment rate of the age group 15-64 represents employed persons aged 15-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. The employed persons are those aged 15-64, who during the reference week did any work for pay, profit or family gain for at least one hour, or were not at work but had a job or business from which they were temporarily absent.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of employees, average hourly and weekly earnings (including overtime), and average weekly hours for the industrial aggregate excluding unclassified businesses, last 5 months.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Persons in employment are those who, during the reference week, did any work for pay or profit, or were not working but had a job from which they were temporarily absent. Anyone who receives a wage for on-the-job training that involves the production of goods or services is also considered as being in employment. Self-employed and family workers are also included. Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. The data are expressed in 1000 persons. The quarterly data are not seasonally adjusted. Data are sourced from National accounts data. The ESA 2010 distinguishes two employment concepts depending on the geographical coverage: resident persons in employment (i.e. the national scope of employment) and employment in resident production units irrespective of the place of residence of the employed person (i.e. domestic scope). The table presents total employment, according to the domestic concept.
    • abril 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 abril, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      6.1. Reference area
    • agosto 2022
      Fuente: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      BGR provides the biennial energy study which covers data and developments concerning German and Global energy supplies. In addition the study also provides information on the global generation of renewable energies, including geothermal energy and hydrogen. 
    • agosto 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures the total amount of energy tax revenue in millions of euro for all NACE activities plus households, non-residents and not allocated. This shows the size that the energy taxes take in absolute (currency) terms, to complement the share of energy taxes paid by paying sector. Energy taxes are one of the four tax categories that make up environmental taxes (the other three being pollution taxes, resource taxes (excluding taxes on oil and gas extraction) and transport taxes). As per environmental taxes, the energy tax base is a physical unit of something that has a proven specific negative impact on the environment, but it is restricted to certain items that are concerning the energy sector, which also includes CO2 taxes.
    • agosto 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures the percentage of energy taxes that are raised against seven paying sectors as a proportion of the total amount of tax revenue raised from energy taxes. The seven sectors are: Households, Industry (except Construction), Construction, Wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, Transportation and storage, Services (except wholesale and retail trade, transportation and storage), and Agriculture, forestry and fishing. Energy taxes are one of the four tax categories that make up environmental taxes (the other three being pollution taxes, resource taxes (excluding taxes on oil and gas extraction) and transport taxes). As per environmental taxes, the energy tax base is a physical unit of something that has a proven specific negative impact on the environment, but it is restricted to certain items that are concerning the energy sector, which also includes CO2 taxes.
    • enero 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 enero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • enero 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 enero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:enpr_inisoc The domain focuses on the Eastern European Neighbourhood Policy countries (ENP): Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and the Ukraine (UA). Data are provided for 200 to 300 indicators.
    • enero 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 enero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:enpr_scienc The domain focuses on the Eastern European Neighbourhood Policy countries (ENP): Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and the Ukraine (UA). Data are provided for 200 to 300 indicators.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Wendling, Z. A., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., Levy, M. A., de Sherbinin, A., et al. (2018). 2018 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. https://epi.yale.edu/   The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • enero 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 enero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator is presented in two ways. Firstly, as the proportion of environmental tax revenues in total revenues from all taxes and social contributions. This evidences the different taxation splits that Member States have between environment and other factors such as labour and capital. Secondly, the indicator is presented as the proportion of environmental tax revenues in Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This allows a comparison of environmental taxation between Member States taking into account the size of the different national economies.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA2010 as a tax. Eurostat collects data on environmental tax revenue (by tax category - energy, transport, pollution and resource taxes) broken down by economic activities (tax payers) using the NACE classification for production activities plus households and non-residents. Eurostat with the European Commission's Directorate General for Taxation and Customs Union also produces annually an analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their national tax list (NTL) and are validated by Eurostat. Efforts are made to ensure full consistency of the data on environmental taxes by economic activities and revenue data based on the national tax lists even if some discrepancies remain for some countries.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Estimated areas, yield and production of principal field crops by Small Area Data Regions.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 64 series, with data for years 2000 - 2017 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (2 items: Quebec; Ontario); Harvest disposition (8 items: Seeded area; Seeded area; Harvested area; Harvested area; ...); Type of crop (4 items: Total corn for grain; Genetically modified corn for grain; Total soybeans; Genetically modified soybeans).
    • abril 2021
      Fuente: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Dataset includes European Economic economic forecast releases from Autumn 2017 through Winter 2023.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsci_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other). It is calculated in current prices.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Norway
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
  • F
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Farm input price index (FIPI). Quarterly Data are available from from the first quarter of 2002. The table presents data for the most recent reference period and the last four periods. The base period for the index is (2012=100).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Farm product prices, crops and livestock, by province (in dollars per metric tonne unless otherwise noted). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Farm supply and disposition of grains as of March 31, July 31, August 31 (soybeans only) and December 31; data on supplies, production, stocks, deliveries, animal feed and waste for crops.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definitions Killed: Any person who was killed outright or who died within 30 days as a result of the accident. Injured: Any person, who was not killed, but sustained one or more serious or slight injuries as a result of the accident. Driver: Any person who drives a motor vehicle or other vehicle (including a cycle), or who guides cattle, singly or in herds, or flocks, or draught, pack or saddle animals on a road. Passenger: Any person, other than the driver, who is in or on a vehicle. Pedestrian: Any person other than a driver or a passenger according to the above definitions. Persons pushing or pulling a child?s carriage, a bath chair or invalid chair, or any other small vehicle without an engine, or pushing a cycle or moped, and handicapped persons travelling in invalid chairs propelled by such persons or moving at walking pace shall be treated as pedestrians. Road vehicle: A vehicle running on wheels and intended for use on roads. Motor vehicle: Any power-driven vehicle which is normally used for carrying persons or goods by road or for drawing, on the road, vehicles used for the carriage of persons or goods. This term embraces trolleybuses, that is to say, vehicles connected to an electric conductor and not rail-borne. It does not cover vehicles, such as agricultural tractors, which are only incidentally used for carrying persons or goods by road or for drawing, on the road, vehicles used for the carriage of persons or goods. Power driven vehicle: Any self propelled road vehicle, other than a moped and a rail-borne vehicle. Cycle: Any road vehicle which has at least two wheels and is propelled solely by the muscular energy of the person(s) on that vehicle, in particular by means of a pedal system, lever or handle (e.g. bicycles, tricycles, quadricycles and invalid carriages). Moped: Any two-wheeled or three-wheeled road vehicle which is fitted with an internal combustion engine having a cylinder capacity not exceeding 50 cc. (3.05 cu. in.) and a maximum design speed not exceeding 50 km (30 miles) per hour. Motor cycle: Two-wheeled road motor vehicle with or without side-car, including motor scooter, or three-wheeled road motor vehicle not exceeding 400 kg (900 lb.) unleaded weight. This term does not include mopeds. Passenger car: Road motor vehicle, other than a motor cycle, intended for the transport of passengers and seating not more than nine persons (including the driver). The term passenger car therefore covers taxis and hired vehicles, provided that they have fewer than ten seats. Motor coach or bus: Passenger road motor vehicle, seating more than nine persons (including the driver). Trolleybus: A passenger road vehicle, seating more than nine persons (including the driver), which is connected to electric conductors and which is not rail-borne. Tramcar: A passenger road vehicle, seating more than nine persons (including the driver), which is connected to electric conductors and which is rail borne. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available For European Union member states, Iceland, Norway, and Switzerland the source of data from year 2005 is CARE database. Country: Albania Included with motorcycles, if not available. Country: Ireland Included with motorcycles, if not available. Country: Poland Included with motorcycles, if not available. Country: Georgia ''<6 years'' refer to ''0-7 years''. ''10-14 years'' refer to ''8-16 years''. ''21-24 years'' refer to ''17-25 years''. ''25-64 years'' refer to ''26-60 years''. ''65 years and over'' refer to ''more than 60 years'' Country: Latvia Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or within 7 days; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Moldova, Republic of From 2008, breakdown by category of user does not sum to total as unknown category of user is not reported. Country: Portugal Data refer to continent only. Country: Portugal Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or during or immediately after transport from the scene of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Spain Persons are recorded as killed who die within 24 hours as a result of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Turkey Data by age group cover accidents only at Police responsibility area for years between 2000-2011 whereas for years between 2012-2015 data cover both Police and Gendermarie responsibility area. Until year 2015 figures on persons killed include the deaths only at the accident scene; however since year 2015 figures on persons killed also include the deaths within 30 days after the traffic accidents due to related accident and its impacts for people injured and sent to health facilities. 6 to 9 years refers to less than 10 years old. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to Great Britain. Country: United States Sum by category of user is not equal to total as unknown category of user is not shown. Country: Uzbekistan Less than 6 years refers to less than 7 years. 10 to 14 years refers to 8 to 15 years.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      For European Union member states, Iceland, Norway, and Switzerland the source of data from year 2005 is CARE database. Age Group: < 6 years For European Union members, less than 6 years refers to less than 5 years (data provided through CARE database). Age Group: 18 - 20 years For European Union members, 18 to 20 years refers to 18 to 19 years (data provided through CARE database). Age Group: 21 - 24 years For European Union members, 21 to 24 years refers to 20 to 24 years (data provided through CARE database). Age Group: 6 - 9 years For European Union members, 6 to 9 years refers to 5 to 9 years (data provided through CARE database). Country: Georgia ''<6 years'' refer to ''0-7 years''. ''10-14 years'' refer to ''8-16 years''. ''21-24 years'' refer to ''17-25 years''. ''25-64 years'' refer to ''26-60 years''. ''65 years and over'' refer to ''more than 60 years'' Country: Latvia Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or within 7 days; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Portugal Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or during or immediately after transport from the scene of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Spain Persons are recorded as killed who die within 24 hours as a result of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Turkey Data by age group cover accidents only at Police responsibility area for years between 2000-2011 whereas for years between 2012-2015 data cover both Police and Gendermarie responsibility area. Until year 2015 figures on persons killed include the deaths only at the accident scene; however since year 2015 figures on persons killed also include the deaths within 30 days after the traffic accidents due to related accident and its impacts for people injured and sent to health facilities. 6 to 9 years refers to less than 10 years old. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to Great Britain. Country: Uzbekistan Less than 6 years refers to less than 7 years. 10 to 14 years refers to 8 to 15 years. Sex: Total Sum of males and females may not be equal to total in some countries where victim gender is unknown.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Federal expenditures on science and technology and its components, by type of science and performing sector for Canada, provinces, territories and foreign from 2004 to today.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Federal extramural expenditures on science and technology and its components, by type of science, performing sector, type of payment, for Canada and foreign, provinces and territories from 2003 to today.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Federal personnel engaged in science and technology and its components, by type of science, personnel category, for provinces and territories from 2000 to today.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on the shipments of various fertilizers such as ammonia, urea ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, etc. to Canada's Eastern provinces, the Prairie provinces, the United States and other countries.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on fertilizer shipments within Canada by nutrient content such as nitrogen, phosphate, potash and sulphur.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: International Federation of Association Football
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Federal Statistics Office, Switzerland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Metainformation:Last modified: New data set (year 2018) State of the database: 14.03.2019 Reference period: Cinema year Catchment area: Switzerland Survey: Swiss Film and Cinema StatisticsExcl. film festivals, open-air cinema and adult cinemas, up to 2015 also excluding cinema clubs, see methodology (in German)Corrections: Switzerland: 2014 (01.04.2016) United States: 2011 (01.04.2016) United Kingdom: 2011 (01.04.2016) Austria: 2014 (01.04.2016)Remarks The Cinématographe and Paderewski screens of the National film archive (Cinémathèque Suisse) were included in the statistics for the first time in 2018 and contribute significantly to the increase in the number of films shown compared with the previous year.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Federal Statistics Office, Switzerland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      RMetainformation:Last modified: New data set (year 2018) State of the database: 14.03.2019 Reference period: Cinema year Catchment area: Switzerland Survey: Swiss Film and Cinema StatisticsExcl. film festivals, open-air cinema and adult cinemas, up to 2015 also excluding cinema clubs, see methodology (in German)Corrections: Germany: 2015 (15.03.2017)Remarks The Cinématographe and Paderewski screens of the National film archive (Cinémathèque Suisse) were included in the statistics for the first time in 2018 and contribute significantly to the increase in the number of films shown compared with the previous year.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Final consumption expenditure by general government includes the value of goods and services purchased or produced by general government and directly supplied to private households for consumption purposes.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.). The data are presented in % of GDP and million units of national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.94) consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community. The consumption expenditure may take place on the domestic territory or abroad. Private final consumption expenditure includes households' (ESA 2010, 2.118) and NPISH's final consumption expenditure. Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH, ESA 2010, 2.129) are separate legal entities serving households. They include for example trade unions, professional societies, political parties, churches, charities, sports clubs etc. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Final decision on appeal means a decision granted at the final instance of administrative/judicial asylum procedure and which results from the appeal lodged by the asylum seeker rejected in the preceding stage of the procedure.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator expresses the sum of the energy supplied to agriculture for all energy uses.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year.  Â
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments and institutional sectors. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsfs_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsSecond nationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, Finnish is as his/her first nationality in statistics. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.InformationFinnish citizens with dual nationalityFinnish citizens with dual nationality who are included in the Finnish population on 31 December
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      First instance decision means a decision made in response to an asylum application at the first instance level of the asylum procedure.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. First permit means the residence permit issued to a person for the first time. A residence permit is considered as a first permit also if the time gap between expiry of the old permit and the start of validity of the new permit issued for the same reason is at least 6 months, irrespective of the year of issuance of the permit.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions.First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stayChange of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the yearAll valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year.First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2.EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year.Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing.Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 7 series, with data starting from 1972 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (1 item: Canada), Commodity (7 items: Total, all commodities; Total excluding energy; Energy; Metals and Minerals; ...).  
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This database contains capture production statistics by country or territory, species item, and FAO Major Fishing Area.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset contains the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary FSE. Three variables are presented in this dataset:  • R&D expenditures - they are budgetary expenditures that finance research and development activities related to fisheries, irrespective of the institution (private or public, ministry, university, research centre or fisher group) or where they take place, the nature of research (scientific, institutional, etc.), or its purpose. The focus is on research and development expenditures on applied research related to the fisheries sector. Social-sciences research related to fisheries is included. It is also included data dissemination when associated primarily with research and development (knowledge generation), e.g. reports from research and databases developed as an adjunct to research. •FISHERIES SUPPORT ESTIMATE - Budgetary - it is the annual monetary value of gross transfers from taxpayers to fishers arising from policy measures that support fisheries, regardless of their nature, objectives or impacts. Data on FSE are collected by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) on an annual basis from all its participating countries. Data are provided by Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The original financial data is collected in national currency at current values; they are converted and published also in US dollars, for analytical purposes and to allow data comparisons. • Share of R&D expenditures on FSE - it is the share of budgetary research and development expenditures on total budgetary FSE. Please notice that total budgetary FSE is defined ‘net’, i.e. it is adjusted for costs incurred by fishers in order to receive the support. Whenever these costs are of significant amount, total budgetary FSE becomes remarkably low or negative. The corresponding share of research and development expenditures turns into a percentage exceptionally high or negative.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Fisheries Support Estimates (FSE) database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies.   These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual.   More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.   The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   Data on landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Fisheries fleet: The FAO has a two dimensional definition, of which the OECD only uses the concept of fishing vessel. Fishery Fleet: The term "fishery fleet" or "fishery vessels" refers to mobile floating objects of any kind and size, operating in freshwater, brackishwater and marine waters which are used for catching, harvesting, searching, transporting, landing, preserving and/or processing fish, shellfish and other aquatic organisms, residues and plants. Fishing vessel: The term "fishing vessel" is used instead when the vessel is engaged only in catching operations. Gross Register Tonnage: The Gross Register Tonnage represents the total measured cubic content of the permanently enclosed spaces of a vessel, with some allowances or deductions for exempt spaces such as living quarters (1 gross register ton = 100 cubic feet = 2.83 cubic metres).
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage, length, age and power classes, and by gear categories.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total number of fishing vessels of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In general the data refer to the situation of the national fleets on 31 December of the reference year. EU data are extracted from the Community Fishing Fleet Register managed by the Directorate-General for Fisheries and Maritime Affairs, with the data for Iceland and Norway being supplied directly by the national authorities.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The total tonnage of the fishing fleets of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. The period covered by this table is that of the transition of measuring the tonnage in Gross Registered Tonnage (GRT) to that in Gross Tonnage (GT). This change which has taken place at different speeds within the national administrations gives rise to the possibility of non-comparability of data over time and, particularly for the earlier period, of non-comparability between countries.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Canada: Fixed weighted index of average hourly earnings for all employees, by industry, monthly Fixed weighted index (2002=100) of average hourly earnings for all employees, by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 months.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual provincial data for new residential construction, renovations and the total, by asset, price and type of flow or stock.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El flujo de salida de nacionales para el empleo hace referencia al número de ciudadanos legales de un país dado que cambiaron su país de residencia habitual por otro país en el período de referencia por motivos relacionados con el empleo. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas internacionales de migración laboral (ILMS).
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El flujo de salida de nacionales hace referencia al número de ciudadanos legales de un país dado que cambiaron su país de residencia habitual por otro país en el período de referencia. El país de residencia habitual de una persona es el país en que la persona tiene un lugar donde normalmente pasa su tiempo diario de reposo. Los viajes temporarios al extranjero por placer, vacaciones, negocios, tratamiento médico o peregrinación religiosa no implican ningún cambio en el país de residencia habitual. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas internacionales de migración laboral (ILMS).
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Sweden
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      country of birthKosovo: 2008-03-04, Sweden declared Kosovos independence.country of birthData for countries with fewer than 100 persons in total are reported in the country group other countries of birth.Population for all countries of birth is reported in this table: Population by country of birth, age and sex.years since last immigrationYears since last immigration to Sweden is based on registered year of immigration. 0 years means that immigration to Sweden took place during the reference year, 1 year means that immigration took place the year before the reference year, etc.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons born abroad, (according to present time borders), whether in other EU Member States or non-EU countries, who are usually resident in the reporting country on 1 January of the respective year.
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 mayo, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • mayo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Fowl and chicken meat production, weight and farm value, Canada and provinces (birds unless otherwise noted x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table includes the areas of all brassicas, leafy and stalked vegetables, vegetables cultivated for fruit, root, tuber and bulb vegetables, fresh pulses, other vegetables harvested fresh (not dry), including melons, and strawberries grown on arable land outdoor in rotation with other agricultural or horticultural crops and under glass or high accessible cover. This indicator uses the concepts of "harvested area". The "harvested area" corresponds to the total sown area for the production of a specific crop during the same year (i.e. the sum of the areas sown and harvested more than once in the same year) excluding the non-harvested area. For instance, radishes have a cropping time of between 4 and 6 weeks. If 1 ha is sown and harvested four times, within the same year, and all the sown area is harvested except the last one, where only 80% of the field is harvested, then the harvested area will be 3,8 hectares (4 hectares minus non harvested area 0,2 hectares).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). La fuerza de trabajo se refiere a la suma de todas las personas en edad de trabajar que están empleadas y las que están desempleadas. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral rural y urbano (RURBAN).
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Future of Business Survey is an original source of information on small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Launched in February 2016, the survey is a partnership between Facebook, OECD, and the World Bank. It provides timely information on business owners’ assessment of the current state and future outlook of their business, job creation perspectives, main business challenges and participation in international trade. Several data breakdowns are available, in particular by size of the enterprise, age, sector, trading status and gender of owners or managers.
  • G
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El concepto de ganancias, aplicado a las estadísticas de salarios, se refiere a la remuneración bruta en efectivo y en especie pagada a los asalariados, en general a intervalos regulares, por el tiempo trabajado o el trabajo realizado, junto con la remuneración por períodos de tiempo no trabajados, tales como vacaciones anuales y otros tipos de vacaciones pagas o días feriados. Para obtener más información, consulte la página de conceptos y definiciones.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las ganancias de los asalariados se refieren a la remuneración bruta en efectivo y en especie pagada a los asalariados, en general a intervalos regulares, por el tiempo trabajado o el trabajo realizado, junto con la remuneración por períodos de tiempo no trabajados, tales como vacaciones anuales y otros tipos de vacaciones pagas o días feriados. Las ganancias excluyen las contribuciones que el empleador paga respecto de sus asalariados a los regímenes de seguridad social y de pensiones, así; como las prestaciones recibidas de esos regímenes por los trabajadores. También excluyen las indemnizaciones por despido y por terminación del contrato de trabajo. Las estadísticas de ganancias se refieren a las ganancias brutas de los asalariados, es decir, antes de cualquier deducción por parte del empleador. Se trata de una serie armonizada: (1) los datos referentes a ganancias semanales o anuales fueron convertidos a ganancias mensuales en moneda local utilizando datos sobre las horas de trabajo (donde estaban disponibles); y (2) los datos se presentan en dólares estadounidenses como moneda común, utilizando la tasa de cambio con el dólar US o las tasas de paridad de poder adquisitivo (PPA) de 2017 para el gasto de consumo privado. Esta última serie permite de realizar comparaciones internacionales teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de precio relativas entre países. Para obtener más información, consulte la página de conceptos y definiciones.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides information on gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita at current and constant (2010) prices also it contains annual average growth rates of gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita, in per cent. The total GDP is expressed in millions of dollars, while GDP per capita is expressed in dollars.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data from 1st of December 2019. For most recent GDP data, consult dataset nama_10_gdp. Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The volume index of GDP per capita in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) is expressed in relation to the European Union average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per head is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that the index, calculated from PPS figures and expressed with respect to EU27_2020 = 100, is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons."
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified.Country/Region: IsraelDesignation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available Country: Albania Currency: Albanian lek (ALL). Country: Armenia Currency: Armenian dram (AMD), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Austria Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Austrian Schilling (ATS); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 13.7603 ATS/€. Country: Azerbaijan Currency: New Azerbaijanian manat (AZN), in 2006 replaced old manat (AZM) at 1:5000. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belarus Currency: Belarusian rouble (BYR) redenominated at 1:10 in 1994, at 1:1000 in 2000, and again 1:10000 in July 2016. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belgium Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Belgian Franc (BEF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 BEF/€. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Currency: Bosnia and Herzegovina, convertible marka (BAM). Geographical coverage: GDP and population cover the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina and Republika Srpska. Country: Bulgaria Currency : Bulgarian leva (BGN), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1999. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Canada Currency: Canadian dollar (CAD). Country: Croatia Currency: Croatian kuna (HRK), replaced the Croat dinar at 1:1000 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Cyprus Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Cypriot pound (CYP); historical data converted into €. Country: Czechia Currency : Czech koruna (CZK). Country: Denmark Currency : Danish krone (DKK). Country: Estonia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2011 - Estonian kroon (EEK), replaced the Soviet rouble in 1992 with a peg to the deutsche mark (8:1). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Finland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Finnish markka (FIM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 5.94573 FIM/€. Country: France Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - French franc (FRF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 6.55957 FRF/€. Country: Georgia Currency: Georgian lari (GEL), replaced the lari-kupon at 1: 1000000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Germany Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Geographical coverage: The statistics for Germany refer to Germany after unification. Official data for Germany after unification are available only from 1991 onwards. Country: Greece Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Greek Drachma (GRD); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 340.75 GRD/€. Country: Hungary Currency : Hungarian forint (HUF). Country: Iceland Currency: Iceland krona (ISK). Country: Ireland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Irish Punt (IEP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 0.787564 IEP/€. Country: Israel Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Israel Currency: New shekel (ILS). Geographical coverage: Designation and data provided by Israel.The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Italy Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Italian Lira (ITL); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1936.27 ITL/€. Country: Kazakhstan Currency: Kazakh tenge (KZT), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1992. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Kyrgyzstan Currency: Kyrgyz som (KGS). Country: Latvia Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2014 - Latvian lat (LVL), replaced Latvian rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Lithuania Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2015 - Lithuanian litas (LTL). All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Luxembourg Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Luxembourg Franc (LUF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 LUF/€. Country: Malta Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Maltese lira (MTL); historical data converted into euro. Country: Moldova, Republic of Currency: Moldovan leu (MDL). Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Transnistria. Country: Montenegro Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Country: Netherlands Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Dutch Guilder (NLG); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 2.20371 NLG/€. Country: Norway Currency: Norvegian krone (NOK). Country: Poland Currency : Polish zloty (PLZ), redenominated at 1:10000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Portugal Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Portuguese Escudo (PTE); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 200.482 PTE/€. Country: Romania Currency: New Romanian leu (RON). Country: Russian Federation Currency: Russian rouble (RUB), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1998. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Currency : Serbian Dinar (RSD). Geographical coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovakia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Slovak koruna (SKK). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Slovenia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2007 - Slovenian tolar (SIT); historical data converted at fixed conversion rate of 239,640 SIT/€. Country: Spain Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Spanish Peseta (ESP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 166.386 ESP/€. Country: Sweden Currency : Swedish krona (SEK). Country: Switzerland Currency: Swiss franc (CHF). Country: Tajikistan Currency : Tajik somoni (TJS), replaced the Tajik rouble at 1:1000 in 2000. The Tajik rouble replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:100 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Currency : Macedonian denar (MKD), replaced the Yugoslav dinar at 1:1 in 1992, redenominated at 1:100 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Turkey Currency : Turkish lira (TRL). Country: Turkmenistan Currency : Turkmen manat (TMM), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Ukraine Currency : Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH), replaced the former karbovanets at 1:100000 in 1996. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine. Country: United Kingdom Currency: British pound (GBP). Country: United States Currency: United States dollar (USD). Country: Uzbekistan Currency: Uzbekistani sum (UZS), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:1000 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available Country: Albania Currency: Albanian lek (ALL). Country: Armenia Currency: Armenian dram (AMD), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Austria Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Austrian Schilling (ATS); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 13.7603 ATS/€. Country: Azerbaijan Currency: New Azerbaijanian manat (AZN), in 2006 replaced old manat (AZM) at 1:5000. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belarus Currency: Belarusian rouble (BYR) redenominated at 1:10 in 1994, at 1:1000 in 2000, and again 1:10000 in July 2016. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belgium Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Belgian Franc (BEF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 BEF/€. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Currency: Bosnia and Herzegovina, convertible marka (BAM). Geographical coverage: GDP and population cover the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina and Republika Srpska. Country: Bulgaria Currency : Bulgarian leva (BGN), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1999. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Canada Currency: Canadian dollar (CAD). Country: Croatia Currency: Croatian kuna (HRK), replaced the Croat dinar at 1:1000 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Cyprus Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Cypriot pound (CYP); historical data converted into €. Country: Czechia Currency : Czech koruna (CZK). Country: Denmark Currency : Danish krone (DKK). Country: Estonia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2011 - Estonian kroon (EEK), replaced the Soviet rouble in 1992 with a peg to the deutsche mark (8:1). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Finland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Finnish markka (FIM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 5.94573 FIM/€. Country: France Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - French franc (FRF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 6.55957 FRF/€. Country: Georgia Currency: Georgian lari (GEL), replaced the lari-kupon at 1: 1000000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Germany Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Geographical coverage: The statistics for Germany refer to Germany after unification. Official data for Germany after unification are available only from 1991 onwards. Country: Greece Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Greek Drachma (GRD); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 340.75 GRD/€. Country: Hungary Currency : Hungarian forint (HUF). Country: Iceland Currency: Iceland krona (ISK). Country: Ireland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Irish Punt (IEP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 0.787564 IEP/€. Country: Israel Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Israel Currency: New shekel (ILS). Geographical coverage: Designation and data provided by Israel.The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Italy Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Italian Lira (ITL); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1936.27 ITL/€. Country: Kazakhstan Currency: Kazakh tenge (KZT), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1992. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Kyrgyzstan Currency: Kyrgyz som (KGS). Country: Latvia Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2014 - Latvian lat (LVL), replaced Latvian rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Lithuania Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2015 - Lithuanian litas (LTL). All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Luxembourg Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Luxembourg Franc (LUF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 LUF/€. Country: Malta Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Maltese lira (MTL); historical data converted into euro. Country: Moldova, Republic of Currency: Moldovan leu (MDL). Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Transnistria. Country: Montenegro Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Country: Netherlands Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Dutch Guilder (NLG); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 2.20371 NLG/€. Country: Norway Currency: Norvegian krone (NOK). Country: Poland Currency : Polish zloty (PLZ), redenominated at 1:10000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Portugal Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Portuguese Escudo (PTE); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 200.482 PTE/€. Country: Romania Currency: New Romanian leu (RON). Country: Russian Federation Currency: Russian rouble (RUB), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1998. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Currency : Serbian Dinar (RSD). Geographical coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovakia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Slovak koruna (SKK). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Slovenia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2007 - Slovenian tolar (SIT); historical data converted at fixed conversion rate of 239,640 SIT/€. Country: Spain Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Spanish Peseta (ESP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 166.386 ESP/€. Country: Sweden Currency : Swedish krona (SEK). Country: Switzerland Currency: Swiss franc (CHF). Country: Tajikistan Currency : Tajik somoni (TJS), replaced the Tajik rouble at 1:1000 in 2000. The Tajik rouble replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:100 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Currency : Macedonian denar (MKD), replaced the Yugoslav dinar at 1:1 in 1992, redenominated at 1:100 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Turkey Currency : Turkish lira (TRL). Country: Turkmenistan Currency : Turkmen manat (TMM), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Ukraine Currency : Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH), replaced the former karbovanets at 1:100000 in 1996. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine. Country: United Kingdom Currency: British pound (GBP). Country: United States Currency: United States dollar (USD). Country: Uzbekistan Currency: Uzbekistani sum (UZS), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:1000 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available Country: Armenia Currency : Armenian dram (AMD). Country: Austria Currency : Euro (€). Country: Azerbaijan Currency: New Azerbaijanian manat (AZN), in 2006 replaced old manat (AZM) at 1:5000. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belarus Currency : Belarusian rouble (BYR), redenominated at 1:1000 in 2000 and redenominated at 1:10 000 in July 2016. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belgium Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Belgian Franc (BEF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 BEF/€. Country: Bulgaria Currency: Bulgarian leva (BGN), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1999. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Canada Currency: Canadian dollar (CAD). Country: Croatia Currency: Croatian kuna (HRK). Country: Cyprus Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Cypriot pound (CYP); historical data converted into €. Country: Czechia Currency: Czech koruna (CZK). Country: Denmark Currency: Danish krone (DKK). Country: Estonia Currency: Euro (€). Country: Finland Currency: Euro (€). Country: France Currency: Euro (€). Country: Georgia Currency: Georgian lari (GEL). Geographical coverage: from 1993 excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Germany Currency: Euro (€). Geographical coverage: The statistics for Germany refer to Germany after unification. Country: Greece Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Greek Drachma (GRD); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 340.75 GRD/€. Country: Hungary Currency: Hungarian forint (HUF). Country: Iceland Currency: Iceland krona (ISK). Country: Ireland Currency: Euro (€). Country: Israel Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Israel Currency: New shekel (ILS). Country: Italy Currency: Euro (€). Country: Kazakhstan Currency: Kazakh tenge (KZT). Country: Kyrgyzstan Currency: Kyrgyz som (KGS). Country: Latvia Currency: Euro (€). Country: Lithuania Currency: Euro (€). Country: Luxembourg Currency: Euro (€). Country: Malta Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Maltese lira (MTL); historical data converted into €. Country: Moldova, Republic of Currency: Moldovan leu (MDL). Geographical coverage: from 1993 excludes Transnistria. Country: Netherlands Currency: Euro (€). Country: Norway Currency: Norvegian krone (NOK). Country: Poland Currency: Polish zloty (PLZ). Country: Portugal Currency: Euro (€). Country: Russian Federation Currency: Russian rouble (RUB). Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Currency : Serbian Dinar (RSD). Geographical coverage:from 1999 excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovakia Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Slovak koruna (SKK). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Slovenia Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2007 - Slovenian tolar (SIT); historical data converted at fixed conversion rate of 239,640 SIT/€. Country: Spain Currency: Euro (€). Country: Sweden Currency: Swedish krona (SEK). Country: Switzerland Currency: Swiss franc (CHF). Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Currency: Macedonian denar (MKD). Country: Turkey Currency: Turkish lira (TRY). Country: Ukraine Currency: Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH). Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine. Country: United Kingdom Currency: British pound (GBP). Country: United States Currency: United States dollar (USD).
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not availableCountry: IsraelDesignation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available Country: Albania Currency: Albanian lek (ALL). Country: Armenia Currency: Armenian dram (AMD), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Austria Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Austrian Schilling (ATS); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 13.7603 ATS/€. Country: Azerbaijan Currency: New Azerbaijanian manat (AZN), in 2006 replaced old manat (AZM) at 1:5000. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belarus Currency: Belarusian rouble (BYR) redenominated at 1:10 in 1994, at 1:1000 in 2000, and again 1:10000 in July 2016. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Belgium Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Belgian Franc (BEF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 BEF/€. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Currency: Bosnia and Herzegovina, convertible marka (BAM). Geographical coverage: GDP and population cover the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina and Republika Srpska. Country: Bulgaria Currency : Bulgarian leva (BGN), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1999. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Canada Currency: Canadian dollar (CAD). Country: Croatia Currency: Croatian kuna (HRK), replaced the Croat dinar at 1:1000 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Cyprus Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Cypriot pound (CYP); historical data converted into €. Country: Czechia Currency : Czech koruna (CZK). Country: Denmark Currency : Danish krone (DKK). Country: Estonia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2011 - Estonian kroon (EEK), replaced the Soviet rouble in 1992 with a peg to the deutsche mark (8:1). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Finland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Finnish markka (FIM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 5.94573 FIM/€. Country: France Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - French franc (FRF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 6.55957 FRF/€. Country: Georgia Currency: Georgian lari (GEL), replaced the lari-kupon at 1: 1000000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Germany Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Geographical coverage: The statistics for Germany refer to Germany after unification. Official data for Germany after unification are available only from 1991 onwards. Country: Greece Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Greek Drachma (GRD); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 340.75 GRD/€. Country: Hungary Currency : Hungarian forint (HUF). Country: Iceland Currency: Iceland krona (ISK). Country: Ireland Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Irish Punt (IEP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 0.787564 IEP/€. Country: Israel Currency: New shekel (ILS). Geographical coverage: Designation and data provided by Israel.The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Italy Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Italian Lira (ITL); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1936.27 ITL/€. Country: Kazakhstan Currency: Kazakh tenge (KZT), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1992. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Kyrgyzstan Currency: Kyrgyz som (KGS). Country: Latvia Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2014 - Latvian lat (LVL), replaced Latvian rouble at 1:200 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Lithuania Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2015 - Lithuanian litas (LTL). All data are expressed in the latest currency unit. Country: Luxembourg Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Luxembourg Franc (LUF); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 40.3399 LUF/€. Country: Malta Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Maltese lira (MTL); historical data converted into euro. Country: Moldova, Republic of Currency: Moldovan leu (MDL). Geographical coverage: from 1993, excludes Transnistria. Country: Montenegro Currency: Euro (€); prior to 2001 - Deutsche Mark (DEM); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 1.95583 DEM/€. Country: Netherlands Currency: Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Dutch Guilder (NLG); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 2.20371 NLG/€. Country: Norway Currency: Norvegian krone (NOK). Country: Poland Currency : Polish zloty (PLZ), redenominated at 1:10000 in 1995. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Portugal Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Portuguese Escudo (PTE); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 200.482 PTE/€. Country: Romania Currency: New Romanian leu (RON). Country: Russian Federation Currency: Russian rouble (RUB), redenominated at 1:1000 in 1998. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Currency : Serbian Dinar (RSD). Geographical coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovakia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2008 - Slovak koruna (SKK). Data are converted to the latest currency. Country: Slovenia Currency : Euro (€); prior to 2007 - Slovenian tolar (SIT); historical data converted at fixed conversion rate of 239,640 SIT/€. Country: Spain Currency : Euro (€); prior to 1999 - Spanish Peseta (ESP); historical data converted at 1999 fixed conversion rate of 166.386 ESP/€. Country: Sweden Currency : Swedish krona (SEK). Country: Switzerland Currency: Swiss franc (CHF). Country: Tajikistan Currency : Tajik somoni (TJS), replaced the Tajik rouble at 1:1000 in 2000. The Tajik rouble replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:100 in 1994. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Currency : Macedonian denar (MKD), replaced the Yugoslav dinar at 1:1 in 1992, redenominated at 1:100 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Turkey Currency : Turkish lira (TRL). Country: Turkmenistan Currency : Turkmen manat (TMM), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:500 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Country: Ukraine Currency : Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH), replaced the former karbovanets at 1:100000 in 1996. All data are expressed in the latest currency units. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine. Country: United Kingdom Currency: British pound (GBP). Country: United States Currency: United States dollar (USD). Country: Uzbekistan Currency: Uzbekistani sum (UZS), replaced the Soviet rouble at 1:1000 in 1993. All data are expressed in the latest currency units.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available Country: Israel Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The general government deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net lending (+)/net borrowing (-) according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These indicators present total expenditure of general government devoted to three different socio-economic functions (according to the Classification of the Functions of Government - COFOG), expressed as a ratio to GDP. The COFOG divisions covered are 'health', 'education' and 'social protection'.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      General government gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code P.51g) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of government producer or units. Fixed assets are produced assets used in production for more than one year.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union defines this indicator as the ratio of government debt outstanding at the end of the year to gross domestic product at current market prices. For this calculation, government debt is defined as the total consolidated gross debt at nominal value in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits (AF.2), debt securities (AF.3) and loans (AF.4). The general government sector comprises the subsectors of central government, state government, local government and social security funds. For further methodological guidance and interpretation, please refer to the Eurostat Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Total government gross debt in million EUR is shown as well.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator is defined (in the Maastricht Treaty) as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits, debt securities and loans. The general government sector comprises the subsectors: central government, state government, local government and social security funds.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data correspond to quarterly government debt. Public debt is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year. Data for the general government sector are consolidated between subsectors at the national level. Data are non-seasonally adjusted.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      For the purpose of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP) in the Economic and monetary union (EMU), as well as for the Growth and Stability Pact, the current Protocol 12, annexed to the 2012 consolidated version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, provides a complete definition of government debt: debt means total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. In this context, the stock of government debt in the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP debt) is equal to the sum of liabilities, at the end of year, of all units classified within the general government sector (S.13) in the following categories: AF.2 (currency and deposits) + AF.3 (debt securities) + AF.4 (loans). Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB). The MIP headline indicator is calculated as: [GGDt/GDPt]*100. The indicative threshold is 60% of GDP. The data are expressed in millions of units of national currency and in % of GDP.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The quarterly government debt data are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (EDP and ESA 2010) basis. For the purpose of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP) in the Economic and monetary union (EMU), as well as for the Growth and Stability Pact, the current Protocol 12, annexed to the 2012 consolidated version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, provides a complete definition of government debt: debt means total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. The data are expressed in million units of national currency and in % of GDP. Data are non-seasonally adjusted. The differences between the annual and quarterly debt figures may arise as a result of different timetables in the transmission on revised data. Annual EDP data notified by Member States in April and October are the subject of a thorough verification by Eurostat, which can lead to a revision of past quarterly data.
    • febrero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      General government gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code P.51g) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of government producer or units. Fixed assets are produced assets used in production for more than one year.
    • febrero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      General government output (ESA 2010 code P.1) consists of the products created by general government institutional units (i.e. units within the subsectors central government, state government, local government or social security funds). ESA 2010 category P.1 includes three types of output: market output, output for own final use and non-market output.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures the general government total expenditure on law courts according to the classification of the functions of government (COFOG). This includes expenditure on administration, operation or support of civil and criminal law courts and the judicial system, including enforcement of fines and legal settlements imposed by the courts and operation of parole and probation systems; legal representation and advice on behalf of government or on behalf of others provided by government in cash or in services. Law courts include administrative tribunals, ombudsmen and the like, and exclude prison administrations. In computing the per capita indicator, the average National Accounts (NA) population data of the reference year is used as denominator (calculated as the arithmetic mean of the population on 1st January of two consecutive years).
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Debt Database (GDD) is the result of a multiyear investigative process that started with the October 2016 Fiscal Monitor. The dataset includes total gross debt of the (private and public) non financial sector for an unbalanced panel of 190 advanced economies, emerging market economies and low-income countries, dating back to 1950. For more details on the methodology and definitions, please refer to Mbaye, Moreno Badia and Chae (2018). 
    • diciembre 2019
      Fuente: Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 enero, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship sub Index ranks and scoring of all countries. It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes, abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Subido por: Jonathan Kilach
      Acceso el: 11 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at:  GEM National Expert Survey The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: manish pandey
      Acceso el: 08 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Contains global production statistics (capture and aquaculture). This database contains the volume of aquatic species caught by country or area, by species items, by FAO major fishing areas, and year, for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. The harvest from maricultural, aquaculture and other kinds of fish farming is also included
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: International Telecommunication Union
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: International Telecommunication Union-https://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/stat/default.aspx 
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Global Innovation Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Innovation Index 2023 captures the innovation ecosystem performance of 132 economies and tracks the most recent global innovation trends.  The GII 2023 tracks global innovation trends against a background of uncertainty caused by slow economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, high-interest rates, and geopolitical conflict, but with the promise of the Digital Age and Deep Science innovation waves and technological progress.  
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: International Group of Liquefied Natural Gas Importers
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 mayo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      In 2020, global LNG imports reached 356.1 million tons (MT), increasing by 1.4 MT or 0.4% compared with the previous year. Despite the challenges imposed by the pandemic, LNG trade has proven resilient, increasingly diverse and global. Trade continued to grow strongly in the first quarter of 2020 but as demand weakened in the second and third quarters, supply-side adjustments helped balance the market.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Finance and Macroeconomics (IFM) Milken Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Opportunity Index (GOI) answers a pressing need for information that's vital to a thriving global economy like what policies can governments pursue to attract foreign direct investment (FDI), expand their economies, and accelerate job creation, everything multinational companies, other investors, and development agencies need to know before making large-scale, long-term capital commitments.   Methodology The GOI considers economic and financial factors that influence investment activities as well as key business, legal and regulatory policies that governments can modify to support and often drive investments. Overall, it tracks countries’ performance on more than 50 variables aggregated in five categories, each measuring an aspect of a country’s attractiveness for investors: (1) its economic performance; (2) the ability for investors to access financial services; (3) the cost of doing business; (4) the level of support its institutions provide to businesses; and (5) the extent to which its institutions, policies, and legal system facilitate international integration.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: KPMG
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Text from source:Please note that this content is no longer being updated. The tax rate information on this page was last updated in January 2021 and the below historical tax rate data is available for reference only. For the latest information and insights on Global Tax rates, and what they may mean for your organization, please speak with your local KPMG Tax professional. Thank you.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Government debt is defined as total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. In this context, the stock of government debt in the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP debt) is equal to the sum of liabilities, at the end of year, of all units classified within the general government sector (S.13) in the following categories: AF.2 (currency and deposits) + AF.3 (debt securities) + AF.4 (loans). Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the functions, or socioeconomic objectives, that government aims to achieve through various kinds of expenditure, comprising detailed classifications of general public service, defense, public order and safety, economic affairs, environment protection, housing and community services, health, recreation, culture and religion, education, and social protection services.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government expense, including detailed classifications of compensation of employees, use of goods and services, consumption of fixed capital, interest payable, subsidies payable, grants payable, social benefits, and other expense.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government revenue, including detailed classifications of taxes, social contributions, grants receivable, and other revenue.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 agosto, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides an overview of government’s cash flows, as summarized in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash, for those countries compiling GFS on a noncash basis (for example, an accrual basis) and are also including a cash flow statement.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the integrated balance sheet. In other words, changes between the opening and closing stock positions in assets and liabilities are explained through transactions, holding gains/losses, and other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities. Data on net investment in non-financial assets – a component of total expenditure – on its components and related stock positions are provided.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides an overview of government operations and stock positions, as well as several derived balances. The Statement of Government Operations shows revenue and expense, with their main components, the operating balance and net lending/net borrowing, as well as financing. The Balance sheet shows stock positions in assets and liabilities, with their main components, as well as net worth and net financial worth. In addition, data on gross debt and net debt are included.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator refers to Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data measure government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development, the OECD’s Frascati Manual from 2002. GBAORD data are broken down by socio-economic objectives in accordance to the nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table includes the productions of all grapes; in particular, for wine, for table use and for raisins. This indicator uses the concept of "harvested production" which corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross national disposable income (ESA 2010, 8.95) is the sum of the gross disposable incomes of the institutional sectors. It is equal to: Gross national income (at market prices) + current transfers receivable by resident units from the rest of the world - current transfers payable to non-resident units from the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • marzo 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 marzo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator provided is GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) as a percentage of GDP. "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). (i) More information on national targets can be found here
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents the relative shares of the different sources of funds in R&D. More specifically the indicators provided are percentage of GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) financed respectively by industry, government, the higher education and the private non profit sector. The fifth source of funds shown, which also make the breakdown complete, is GERD financed from abroad. R&D is an activity where there are significant transfers of resources between units, organisations, sectors and countries. The importance of the source of funding has been recognized in one of the Barcelona targets of the Lisbon agenda where it is said that the appropriate split for R&D is 1/3 financed by public funds and 2/3 by private.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD) as a percentage of the gross domestic product (GDP). "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63).
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). The GDP used in denominator of the MIP indicator comes from the ESA 2010 transmission programme.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are presented in million units of national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are seasonally adjusted and presented in million units of national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator for a nation´s economic situation. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries, and calculations on a per head basis allows for the comparison of economies significantly different in absolute size.
    • octubre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator for a nation's economic situation. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual expenditure-based, gross domestic product, by province and territory in chained, current and constant 2007 dollars.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Income-based gross domestic product, by province and territory.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross fixed capital formation consists of resident producers´ aquisitions, less disposals, of fixed tangible or intangible assets. This covers in particular machinery and equipment, vehicles, dwellings and other buildings.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. Data are expressed as % of GDP, in million euro and in million units of national currency.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross national income (at market prices) (ESA 2010, 8.94) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It is equal to: GDP (Gross Domestic Product) + primary income receivable by resident institutional units from the rest of the world - primary incomes payable to the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This is an indicator of profitability that corresponds to the share of gross operating surplus in turnover. The gross operating surplus is the surplus generated by operating activities after the labour factor input has been recompensed. It can be calculated from the value-added at factor cost less the personnel costs. Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprise of a given sector during the reference period.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross saving (ESA 2010, 8.96) measures the portion of gross national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Gross national saving is the sum of the gross savings of the various institutional sectors. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE B+C+D+E = Mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE C = Manufacturing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE F = Construction. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE J = Information and communication. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE K = Financial and insurance activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE L = Real estate activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE M + N = Professional, scientific and technical activities; administrative and support service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 septiembre, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Norway
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Guest nights, by type of accommodation and country of residenceSvalbard is not defined as a county in the legal sense, but in official statistics Svalbard is treated in the same way as the other counties in Norway.
  • H
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Historical releases of average weekly earnings (including and excluding overtime) by type of employee and North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 months.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Historical releases of employment and average weekly earnings (including overtime) for all employees by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS), last 5 months.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Hogs statistics, supply and disposition of hogs, Canada and provinces (head x 1,000). Data are available on a semi-annual basis.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Netherlands
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by country of residence of the guest, and by star rating. Figures are available for The Netherlands as a whole, and for the city of Amsterdam. The breakdown by star rating is based on the opinion of the accommodation itself. The star rating does not have to be officially registered. The breakdown contains all types of accommodation mentioned above, not just hotels. The '5 stars' category contains 5 star hotels, but also for instance 5 star bed&breakfasts. Break in series: Figures on guests and overnight stays per star rating for the years until 2015, that were published before, were based on offical registrations of the number of stars by the 'Bedrijfschap Horeca en Catering'. This official registration does no longer exist. Therefore, Statistics Netherlands started asking accommodations about their number of stars in its annual survey. For this reason, the figures in this table are not directly comparable with figures published about the years until 2015. Data available from: 2017 Status of the figures: All figures are provisional. Changes as of 9 January 2019: Figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Unit of measure usedIndex: Year 2015 = 100 The Hourly Earnings (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for selected non-member economies.  The MEI Earnings dataset provides monthly and quarterly data on employees' earnings series. It includes earnings series in manufacturing and for the private economic sector. Mostly the sources of the data are business surveys covering different economic sectors, but in some cases administrative data are also used. The target series for hourly earnings correspond to seasonally adjusted average total earnings paid per employed person per hour, including overtime pay and regularly recurring cash supplements. Where hourly earnings series are not available, a series could refer to weekly or monthly earnings. In this case, a series for full-time or full-time equivalent employees is preferred to an all employees series.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of hours lost by employees, by reason of full and part week absence and sex, last 5 months.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Seasonally and calendar adjusted data
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Seasonally and calendar adjusted data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross saving rate of households is defined as gross saving (ESA 2010 code: B8g) divided by gross disposable income (B6g), with the latter being adjusted for the change in the net equity of households in pension funds reserves (D8net). Gross saving is the part of the gross disposable income which is not spent as final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010 8.96). Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Household sector comprises all households, household firms and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) (ESA 2010 codes S14 and S15). Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual current account statistics for the household sector, including saving rate and disposable income, by province and territory.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual household disposable income, debt service ratio and other statistics, by province and territory.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross investment rate of households is defined as gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code: P51g) divided by gross disposable income (B6g), with the latter being adjusted for the change in the net equity of households in pension funds reserves (D8net). Household investment mainly consists of the purchase and renovation of dwellings. Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Household sector comprises all households, household firms and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) (ESA 2010 codes S14 and S15). Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Development Programme
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Cited at: UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, Human Development Data Center The Human Development Index (HDI) is a summary measure of achievements in three key dimensions of human development: a long and healthy life, access to knowledge and a decent standard of living. The HDI is the geometric mean of normalized indices for each of the the three dimensions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Human resources in science and technology (HRST) as a share of the active population in the age group 25-64. The data shows the active population in the age group 25-64 that is classified as HRST (i.e. having successfully completed an education at the third level or being employed in science and technology) as a percentage of total active population aged 25-64. HRST are measured mainly using the concepts and definitions laid down in the Canberra Manual, OECD, Paris, 1995.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Human resources in science and technology (HRST) as a share of the active population in the age group 15-74 at the regional NUTS 2 level. The data shows the active population in the age group 15-74 that is classified as HRST (i.e. having successfully completed an education at the third level or being employed in science and technology) as a percentage of total active population aged 15-74. HRST are measured mainly using the concepts and definitions laid down in the Canberra Manual, OECD, Paris, 1995.
  • I
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fiscal Monitor surveys and analyzes the latest public finance developments, it updates fiscal implications of the crisis and medium-term fiscal projections and assesses policies to put public finances on a sustainable footing. 
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total number of long-term immigrants arriving into the reporting country during the reference year
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual collection of provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least 6 months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least 6 months of the reference year on a voluntary basis. DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual collection of provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on a voluntary basis. UNIDEMO Unified demographic The most in-depth annual national and regional data collection on demography and migration, for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Article 3 of Regulation (EC) No 862/2007).   The aim is to collect annual mandatory and voluntary data from the national statistical institutes. Mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed under ‘6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements’. The quality of the demographic data collected on a voluntary basis depends on the availability and quality of information provided by the national statistical institutes. For more information on mandatory/voluntary data collection, see 6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements. The following data on migrants are collected under unified demographic data collection:  Immigrants by age, sex and:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual collection of provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least 6 months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least 6 months of the reference year on a voluntary basis. DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual collection of provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on a voluntary basis. UNIDEMO Unified demographic The most in-depth annual national and regional data collection on demography and migration, for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Article 3 of Regulation (EC) No 862/2007).   The aim is to collect annual mandatory and voluntary data from the national statistical institutes. Mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed under ‘6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements’. The quality of the demographic data collected on a voluntary basis depends on the availability and quality of information provided by the national statistical institutes. For more information on mandatory/voluntary data collection, see 6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements. The following data on migrants are collected under unified demographic data collection:  Immigrants by age, sex and:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU Member States average.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The basic or above basic overall digital skills represent the two highest levels of the overall digital skills indicator, which is a composite indicator based on selected activities performed by individuals aged 16-74 on the internet in the four specific areas (information, communication, problem solving, content creation). It is assumed that individuals having performed certain activities have the corresponding skills; therefore the indicator can be considered as a proxy of the digital competences and skills of individuals. The indicator is based on the EU survey on the ICT usage in households and by individuals and is available for the years 2015 and 2016 (it will be compiled in 2017 as well).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sbs_sc_ind_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information system(s) used for management of provincially, territorially, regionally and municipally owned bridges, culverts and tunnels for all provinces and territories. Values are presented for 2016.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used The inland fisheries data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.   Data are collected in tonnes and national currency at current values. For analytical purposes and data comparisons, value data are converted and published also in US dollars. Exchange rates are average yearly spot rates, taken from the dataset OECD Economic Outlook: Statistics and Projections. Data reported in this dataset are expressed in tonnes, in units of national currency and in US dollars. Data are recorded on a landed weight basis, i.e. the mass (or weight) of a product at the time of landing, regardless of the state in which is landed (i.e. whole, gutted, filleted, meal, etc.). For exceptions, please see the individual notes. Statistical population The statistical population is the set of countries participating in the work of the COFI, i.e. OECD members, excluding landlocked countries, with some exceptions (Czech Republic and Slovakia are included, Israel is not). The group includes also the following partner countries: Argentina, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indonesia, Lithuania, Peru, Philippines, Thailand and Chinese Taipei. In order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates. Key statistical concept Inland fisheries include catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates (and animals), residues and seaweeds in lakes, rivers, ponds, inland canals and other land-locked water bodies. For the purpose of this questionnaire the boundary between inland and marine areas at the river mouth is left to the discretion of the national authority. Production from aquaculture installations should not be reported on this form. However, catches from fisheries that are managed by stocking should be included. The methodological reference document for fisheries and aquaculture statistics is the CWP Handbook of Fishery Statistics.
    • abril 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Federal Aviation Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Under the International Aviation Safety Assessment (IASA) program, the FAA determines whether another country's oversight of its air carriers that operate, or seek to operate, into the US, or codeshare with a US air carrier, complies with safety standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). The IASA program is administered by the FAA Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety (AVS), Flight Standards Service (AFS), International Programs and Policy Division (AFS-50).   The FAA has established two ratings for the status of countries at the time of the assessment: Does comply with ICAO standards, and Does not comply with ICAO standards. They are defined as follows:Category 1, Does Comply with ICAO Standards:  A country's civil aviation authority has been assessed by FAA inspectors and has been found to license and oversee air carriers in accordance with ICAO aviation safety standards.Category 2, Does Not Comply with ICAO Standards:  The Federal Aviation Administration assessed this country's civil aviation authority (CAA) and determined that it does not provide safety oversight of its air carrier operators in accordance with the minimum safety oversight standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). This rating is applied if one or more of the following deficiencies are identified:the country lacks laws or regulations necessary to support the certification and oversight of air carriers in accordance with minimum international standards;the CAA lacks the technical expertise, resources, and organization to license or oversee air carrier operations;the CAA does not have adequately trained and qualified technical personnel;the CAA does not provide adequate inspector guidance to ensure enforcement of, and compliance with, minimum international standards;  ANDthe CAA has insufficient documentation and records of certification and inadequate continuing oversight and surveillance of air carrier operations. This category consists of two groups of countries.One group are countries that have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. While in Category 2 status, carriers from these countries will be permitted to continue operations at current levels under heightened FAA surveillance. Expansion or changes in services to the United States by such carriers are not permitted while in category 2, although new services will be permitted if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised U.S. carrier or a foreign air carrier from a category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States using its own aircraft.The second group are countries that do not have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. Carriers from these countries will not be permitted to commence service to the United States while in Category 2 status, although they may conduct services if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised US carrier or a foreign air carrier from a Category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States with its own aircraft. No other difference is made between these two groups of while countries in a category 2 status.   Category 1 and 2 coded as 1 and 0 respectively. Category 1 implies Meets ICAO standards and Category 2 implies Does not meets ICAO standard
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: International Financial Statistics (IFS), The International Monetary Fund. The International Financial Statistics database covers about 200 countries and areas, with some aggregates calculated for selected regions, plus some world totals. Topics covered include balance of payments, commodity prices, exchange rates, fund position, government finance, industrial production, interest rates, international investment position, international liquidity, international transactions, labor statistics, money and banking, national accounts, population, prices, and real effective exchange rates. The International Financial Statistics is based on various IMF data collections. It includes exchange rates series for all Fund member countries plus Anguilla, Aruba, China, PR: Hong Kong, China, PR: Macao, Montserrat, and the Netherlands Antilles. It also includes major Fund accounts series, real effective exchange rates, and other world, area, and country series. Data are available for most IMF member countries with some aggregates calculated for select regions, plus some world totals. National Accounts, Indicators of Economic Activity, Labor Markets, Prices, Government and Public Sector Finance, Financial Indicators, Balance of Payments, International Investment Position, International Reserves, Fund Accounts, External Trade, Exchange Rates, and Population.
    • enero 2021
      Fuente: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 enero, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The estimates are based on official statistics on the foreign-born or the foreign population, classified by sex, and age. Most of the statistics utilised to estimate the international migrant stock were obtained from population censuses. Additionally, population registers and nationally representative surveys provided information on the number and composition of international migrants. The designations employed and the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the Secretariat of the United Nations concerning the legal status of any country, territory or area or its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. The term “country” as used in this publication also refers, as appropriate, to territories or areas. The names and composition of geographical areas follow those presented in “Standard country or area codes for statistical use” (ST/ESA/STAT/SER.M/49/Rev.3), available at http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49.htm.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Unit of measure used: Thousands   OECD countries seldom have tools specifically designed to measure the inflows and outflows of the foreign population, and national estimates are generally based either on population registers or residence permit data. This note is aimed at describing more systematically what is measured by each of the sources used.   Flows derived from population registers   Population registers can usually produce inflow and outflow data for both nationals and foreigners. To register, foreigners may have to indicate possession of an appropriate residence and/or work permit valid for at least as long as the minimum registration period. Emigrants are usually identified by a stated intention to leave the country, although the period of (intended) absence is not always specified.   When population registers are used, departures tend to be less well recorded than arrivals. Indeed, the emigrant who plans to return to the host country in the future may be reluctant to inform about his departure to avoid losing rights related to the presence on the register. Registration criteria vary considerably across countries (as the minimum duration of stay for individuals to be defined as immigrants ranges from three months to one year), which poses major problems of international comparison. For example, in some countries, register data cover a portion of temporary migrants, in some cases including asylum seekers when they live in private households (as opposed to reception centres or hostels for immigrants) and international students.   Flows derived from residence and/or work permits   Statistics on permits are generally based on the number of permits issued during a given period and depend on the types of permits used. The so-called “settlement countries” (Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the United States) consider as immigrants persons who have been granted the right of permanent residence. Statistics on temporary immigrants are also published in this database for these countries since the legal duration of their residence is often similar to long-term migration (over a year). In the case of France, the permits covered are those valid for at least one year (excluding students). Data for Italy and Portugal include temporary migrants.   Another characteristic of permit data is that flows of nationals are not recorded. Some flows of foreigners may also not be recorded, either because the type of permit they hold is not tabulated in the statistics or because they are not required to have a permit (freedom of movement agreements). In addition, permit data do not necessarily reflect physical flows or actual lengths of stay since: i) permits may be issued overseas but individuals may decide not to use them, or delay their arrival; ii) permits may be issued to persons who have in fact been resident in the country for some time, the permit indicating a change of status, or a renewal of the same permit.   Permit data may be influenced by the processing capacity of government agencies. In some instances a large backlog of applications may build up and therefore the true demand for permits may only emerge once backlogs are cleared.   Flows estimated from specific surveys   Ireland provides estimates based on the results of Quarterly National Household Surveys and other sources such as permit data and asylum applications. These estimates are revised periodically on the basis of census data. Data for the United Kingdom are based on a survey of passengers entering or exiting the country by plane, train or boat (International Passenger Survey). One of the aims of this survey is to estimate the number and characteristics of migrants. The survey is based on a random sample of approximately one out of every 500 passengers. The figures were revised significantly following the latest census in each of these two countries, which seems to indicate that these estimates do not constitute an “ideal” source either. Australia and New Zealand also conduct passenger surveys which enable them to establish the length of stay on the basis of migrants’ stated intentions when they enter or exit the country.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Property Rights Alliance
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 2022 IPRI classifies 129 countries, representing 93.91% of the world population and 97.73% of the global GDP. The selection of countries was determined solely by the availability of sufficient data. The results continue to suggest that countries with high scores on the IPRI and its components also show high levels of income and development, indicating the positive relationship between a property rights regime and quality of life. The average score of the IPRI for 2022 is  5.19, where the Legal and Political Environment (LP) was the weakest component with a score of 5.06, followed by the Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) component with a score of 5.24; and quite close, the Physical Property Rights (PPR) was the strongest component with a score of 5.27  For the fourth consecutive year, we found a decrease in the overall score of the IPRI and this year, also for all of its components. Finland leads the IPRI (8.17) as well as its PPR component (8.53), while New Zealand leads the LP (8.76) and the USA the IPR component (8.73). Singapore ranks 2nd in its IPRI score (7.97) followed by Switzerland (7.94) and New Zealand (7.93).  
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents official international trade statistics in fisheries products, directly sourced from the UN Comtrade Database.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Research and experimental development (R) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). R intensity (R expenditures as a percentage of GDP) is an indicator of high political importance at the EU, national and regional levels.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Distribution of physical condition rating for municipally owned roads for all provinces and territories, by urban and rural and population size. Values are presented for 2016.
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Year of completed construction of municipally owned roads for all provinces and territories, by urban and rural and population size. Values are presented for 2016. Values are presented in kilometres and percentages.
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of municipally owned roads for all provinces and territories, by urban and rural and population size. Values are presented for 2016. Values are presented in kilometres.
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of provincially, territorially, regionally and municipally owned roads for all provinces and territories. Values are presented for 2016. Values are presented in kilometres.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross investment rate of non-financial corporations is defined as gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code: P.51g) divided by gross value added (B1g). This ratio relates the investment of non-financial businesses in fixed assets (buildings, machinery etc.) to the value added created during the production process. Non-financial corporation includes all private and public corporate enterprises that produce goods or provide non-financial services to the market (ESA 2010 code: S11) Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by aircraft weight group, broken down by maximum take-off weight categories ranging from under 2,000 kgs to over 136,000 kgs, for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.   Itinerant movements, by aircraft maximum take-off weight, airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by instrument flight rules (I.F.R.), % of IFR flights, visual flight rules (V.F.R.), % of VFR flights, and runway 88 movements, for airports with NAV CANADA towers.   Itinerant Movements by Instrument Flight Rules, visual flight rules and runway 88, airports with NAV CANADA towers, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by instrument flight rules (I.F.R.), % of IFR flights, visual flight rules (V.F.R.), % of VFR flights, and runway 88 movements, for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.   Itinerant movements, by instrument flight rules, visual flight rules and runway 88, airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by type of operation (level I-III and foreign air carriers, level IV-VI, other commercial, private, government civil and government military), for airports with NAV CANADA towers.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by type of operation (level I-III and foreign air carriers, level IV-VI, other commercial, private, government civil and government military) for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by type of power plant (jet, turbo-propellers, piston, helicopters and gliders), for airports with NAV CANADA towers.
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by type of power plant (jet, turbo-propellers, piston, helicopters and gliders), for airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations.   Itinerant movements, by type of power plant, airports with NAV CANADA flight service stations, monthly
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly itinerant movements by aircraft weight group, broken down by maximum take-off weight categories ranging from under 2,000 kgs to over 136,000 kgs, for airports with NAV CANADA towers. Itinerant movements, by aircraft maximum take-off weight, for airports with NAV CANADA towers, monthly
  • J
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant, according to the definition of job vacancy above, expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies) * 100. Data for Denmark, France, Italy, Malta are available in table jvs_q_nace2.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of job vacancies and payroll employees, job vacancy rate, and average offered hourly wage by two-digit North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, last 5 quarters.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      A job vacancy is defined as a newly created, unoccupied, or about to become vacant, post. The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies * 100 / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies). Data are non-seasonally adjusted except for Czech Republic and UK. Job vacancy rates for DK, FR, IT and MT are probably under-estimated due to a partial coverage of the respective economies.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Job vacancy statistics (JVS) provide information on the level and structure of labour demand. Eurostat publishes quarterly data on the number of job vacancies and the number of occupied posts which are collected under the JVS framework regulation and the two implementing regulations: the implementing regulation on the definition of a job vacancy, the reference dates for data collection, data transmission specifications and feasibility studies, as well as the implementing regulation on seasonal adjustment procedures and quality reports. Eurostat disseminates also the job vacancy rate which is calculated on the basis of the data provided by the countries. Eurostat publishes also the annual data which are calculated on the basis of the quarterly data.
    • febrero 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • febrero 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • febrero 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Joint Organisations Data Initiative
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The JODI-Gas World Database is a platform that provides access to all data reported through monthly submissions of the JODI-Gas Questionnaire by all participating countries and economies. The database is updated on a monthly basis around the 20th of each month, though there are possibilities for additional updates. Registered users are notified by e-mail alert each time the database is updated. Modelled after JODI-Oil, which features monthly oil production, consumption, stocks and trade data from over 90 countries, JODI-Gas embodies the same objective of enhancing energy data transparency, with the ultimate goal of ensuring global energy security for producers and consumers alike. JODI-Gas World Database covers: Three product categories: Natural gas in million m3 Natural gas in TJ LNG in 1000 tons Twelve flows: Production Receipts from Other Sources Total Imports LNG Total Exports LNG Total Imports through Pipeline Total Exports through Pipeline Stock Change Gross Inland Deliveries (Calculated) Statistical Difference (Calculated) Gross Inland Deliveries (Observed) Of which: Electricity and Heat Generation Closing Stocks; Data for around 80 participating countries. Historical data from January 2009: target is to release one month old data (M-1) every month for all participating countries.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Los jóvenes que no están estudiando son aquellos que no estaban inscritos en ningún establecimiento educativo ni en ningún programa formal de capacitación (por ejemplo de formación vocacional) durante un período de referencia específico (por ejemplo, una semana). A efectos estadísticos, los jóvenes se definen como aquellas personas de edades comprendidas entre los 15 y los 24 años. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
  • K
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key indicators are generally released in non-seasonally adjusted terms. Only EA/EU aggregate key indicators are also available seasonally adjusted. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following seasonally adjusted key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
  • L
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current base year: 2016) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The labour force/economically active population includes all residents who are either employed or unemployed. The employed are all persons above a specified age who, during a specified brief period, either one week or one day, were in the following categories: (a) paid employment: (a1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for wage or salary, in cash or in kind; (a2) with a job but not at work: persons who, having already worked in their present job, were temporarily not at work during the reference period and had a formal attachment to their job; (b) self-employment: (b1) at work: persons who, during the reference period, performed some work for profit or family gain, in cash or in kind; (b2) with an enterprise but not at work: persons with an enterprise, which may be a business enterprise, a farm or a service undertaking, who were temporarily not at work during the reference period for any specific reason. The unemployed are all persons above a specific age who, during the reference period, were: (a) without work, i.e. were not in paid employment or self-employment, and (b) currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment during the reference period, and (c) seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in a specified reference period to seek paid employment or self-employment. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The economic activity rate is the share of the labour force (employed + unemployed) in the total population aged 15+. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Data from the LFS and from population censuses normally comply with the definition above. .. - data not available Country: Albania Break in methodology (2001): Data from Population Census Country: Albania Break in methodology (2002): from 2002 to 2006, data are based on administrative registers Country: Albania Break in methodology (2007): As of 2007 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Measurement: Economic activity rate , Country: Albania Break in methodology (2007): As of 2007 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Measurement: Percent of corresponding total for both sexes , Country: Albania Break in methodology (2007): As of 2007 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Measurement: Percent of corresponding total for both sexes , Country: Albania Break in methodology (2002): from 2002 to 2006, data are based on administrative registers Country: Armenia 1995 : data refer to 1997. Data for 2007 refer to the age group 16-75. Since 2008 data refer to the age group 15-75. 2008: break in series, application of ILO definition. 2001 : data are from Population Census. For the period of 1980-2000 and 2002-2006 data on employment are based on integrated data received from various sources and data on unemployment are based on administrative register. Since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Country: Austria 1980-1990 : data refer to the national definition of labour force (Life Subsistence Concept). From 1995 : data comply with ILO definition. 1980 : age group 35-39 refers to 30-39; age group 45-49 refers to 40-49; age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Azerbaijan 1990-1995 : data are based on administrative registers and may not cover all active persons. From 2000 : data comply with ILO definition. Age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Belarus Data refer to registered persons. Since 2012 data for age group 60-64 refer to persons 60+ Measurement: Economic activity rate , Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (1990): data refer to 1989 and come from 1989 Population Census Measurement: Percent of corresponding total for both sexes , Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (1990): data refer to 1989 and come from 1989 Population Census Measurement: Economic activity rate , Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (2000): data refer to 1999 and come from 1999 Population Census Measurement: Percent of corresponding total for both sexes , Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (2000): data refer to 1999 and come from 1999 Population Census Country: Belgium 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Bulgaria 1990 : data refer to 1993. Country: Canada 1980 : age group 25-29 refers to 25-44; age group 45-49 refers to 45-54; age group 55-59 refers to 55-64; age group 65-69 refers to 65+. 1990 : age group 25-29 refers to 25-34; age group 35-39 refers to 35-44; age group 45-49 refers to 45-54; age group 55-59 refers to 55-64. from 1995 onwards: age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Croatia 1990 : data refer to 1991. 2000 : data refer to 1998. Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1990 : data refer to 1992. 1995 : official estimates. Country: Czechia 1990 : data refer to 1991. Country: Denmark 1980 : data refer to 1985. 1995 and 2000 : age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Estonia 1990 and 1995 : data refer to the economically active population aged 15-69. From 2000 : data refer to the economically active population aged 15-74. Country: Finland Data refer to the economically active population aged 15-74. Country: France Since 2014 data include the French overseas departments (Guadeloupe, Martinique, Guyane, La Reunion) with the exception of Mayotte. Measurement: Active persons (in thousands) , Country: Georgia Active population - Age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Measurement: Percent of corresponding total for both sexes , Country: Georgia Active population - Age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Germany 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Greece 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Iceland 1980 : data are based on registers. 1990 : data refer to 1991. From 1990 : age group 15+ refers to 16-74; age group 15-19 refers to 16-19; age group 70+ refers to 70-74. Country: Ireland 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Israel 1995: data are from 1995 Census. As of 2001 data are based on new weighting groups. As of 2009, data are based on the 2008 Population Census estimates and on updated definition of the labour force characteristics. From 2012 active population age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Italy 1980-1990 : data refer to the economically active population aged 14+, which includes the persons who have been seeking employment in the last 6 months. From 1995 : data refer to the economically active population aged 15+, which includes the persons who have been seeking employment in the last 30 days. Country: Kazakhstan 1990 data refer to 1989. 1995 data refer to 1997. From 2013 - active population age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Kyrgyzstan 1990 : data refer to 1989. 2000 : data comes from 1999 Population Census. 2003: break in series: change in methodology. From 2011 active population age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Latvia 1990 : data refer to 1989. 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Lithuania 1990 : data refer to 1989. 1995 : data refer to 1997. Country: Luxembourg 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Malta 2000 : data refer to 1999. Country: Moldova, Republic of From 2011 age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Montenegro Some data not shown due to lack of reliability (CV>=0.3). Country: Netherlands 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Norway From 1995: age group 70+ refers to the age group 70-74. Country: Poland 1990 : data refer 1992. Country: Portugal 1990 : age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Romania 1990 : official estimates. 1995 : data refer to the economically active population aged 14+. Age group 70+ refers to the age group 70-74. Country: Russian Federation 1990 : data refer to 1989. 2000 : data refer to 1999. 1995 : age group 30-34 refers to 30-49; age group 60-64 refers to 60+. From 2000 : age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Serbia From 2000 : data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. From 2007 active population age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Slovenia 1990 : data refer to 1991. Country: Spain Age group 70+ refers to the age group 70-74. Country: Sweden Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. 1980 and 1995-2005 : data refer to the economically active population aged 16+. 1990 : data refer to the economically active population aged 16-64. Country: Switzerland From 2000: age group 70+ refers to the age group 70-74. Country: Turkey 2000 : data refer to 1999. 1980-2000 : data refer to the economically active population aged 12+. Age group 65-69 refers to 65+. Country: Ukraine Data refer to the age group 15-70, excluding institutional population. Geographical coverage: excludes zone I and II contaminated by the radiation from Chernobyl. Country: United Kingdom 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: United States Data refer to the economically active population aged 16+. Active population age group 65-69 refers to 65+.
    • enero 2021
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 marzo, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons in the labour force (employment and unemployment) and not in the labour force, unemployment rate, participation rate and employment rate by economic region, last 5 months. Data are also available for the standard error of the estimate and the standard error of the year-over-year change.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons in the labour force (employment and unemployment) and not in the labour force, unemployment rate, participation rate, and employment rate, by educational attainment, sex and age group, last 5 months.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons in the labour force (employment and unemployment) and not in the labour force, unemployment rate, participation rate, and employment rate, by educational degree, sex and age group, last 5 months.
    • enero 2021
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons in the labour force (employment and unemployment) and not in the labour force, unemployment rate, participation rate, and employment rate, by family age composition and family type, last 5 months.
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of persons in the labour force (employment and unemployment), unemployment rate, participation rate and employment rate by data type (seasonally adjusted and trend-cycle), sex and age group, last 5 months. Data are also available for the standard error of the estimate, the standard error of the month-to-month change and the standard error of the year-over-year change.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains data on employment by hour bands for usual weekly hours worked in the main job.  Standard hour bands are reported for most countries.  Actual hours of work instead of usual hours of work are only available in some countries (Japan and Korea).  Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons. For detailed information on labour force surveys for all countries please see the attached file : www.oecd.org/els/employmentpoliciesanddata/LFSNOTE
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of industry (excluding construction): Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Industry. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. These three indexes are presented for the industrial sector (excluding construction) section B to E of NACE Rev.2 (E37, E38 and E39 not included). The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of construction: Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Construction. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F. The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Flow statistics are experimental statistics derived from the longitudinal component of the EU-LFS data. They identify the flows between different labour market statuses between consecutive quarters. Flow statistics are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market derived from the EU-Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). However, the flow indicators are calculated with special methods which justify the present page. Please note that countries may publish nationally slightly different results due to the use of more sophisticated methods. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of flow statistics. Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 septiembre, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Laying type pullet, chick placements, Canada and provinces (chicks x 1,000). Data are available on a weekly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains labour force data on labour market status - population, labour force, unemployment and employment - by sex and by detailed age groups and standard age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Note: Population figures reported in table LFS by sex are Census-based, while the data for this table are taken from labour force surveys. Population for total age group refers to working age population (15 to 64 years).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities and can materialise as actual government liabilities only if certain specific conditions prevail. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid by their original debtor. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions. It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans (government assets). Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Long term government bond yields are calculated as monthly averages (non seasonally adjusted data). They refer to central government bond yields on the secondary market, gross of tax, with a residual maturity of around 10 years. The bond or the bonds of the basket have to be replaced regularly to avoid any maturity drift. This definition is used in the convergence criteria of the Economic and Monetary Union for long-term interest rates, as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and the Protocol on the convergence criteria. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • noviembre 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 noviembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat) official sources. Definition: The unemployed are all the persons above a specific age who, during the reference period, were: (a) without work, i.e. were not in paid employment or self-employment, and (b) currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment during the reference period, and (c) seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in a specified reference period to seek paid employment or self-employment. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The long-term unemployed are the persons who have been unemployed for 12 months or more. The long-term unemployment rate is the share of the long-term unemployed in the total unemployed population. General note: Data comes from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. Units of measurement: Long-term unemployed persons are shown in thousands. Long-term unemployed rates are shown as a percentage of all unemployed persons.Country: AlbaniaChange in definition (1995 - 2012): Data refer to registered long-term unemployment.Country: ArmeniaUp to 2006: data refer to the population aged 16-63 and based on administrative register. Break in methodlogy: 2007 data refer to population aged 16-75. Break in methodlogy: from 2008 data refer to the population aged 15-75 and compiled according to ILO definition. Break in methodlogy: from 2007 to 2013 data are based on the Integrated Survey of the Household Living Standards. Break in methodlogy: since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey.Country: BelarusData refer to registered unemployment.Country: Belgium 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Bulgaria 1990 : data refer to 1993.Country: CanadaData do not cover the three northern territories (Yukon, Northwest and Nunavuk ).Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1980-1990 : data refer to the persons who have been unemployed for 6 months or more.Country: Czechia 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: Denmark 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Estonia 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: France Data do not cover the overseas departments (DOM). 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: GeorgiaTerritorial change (2002 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali RegionCountry: Germany 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Greece 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: IcelandChange in definition (1990): Data refer to population aged 16-74. Data refer to 1991.Country: IcelandChange in definition (1995 - 2013): Data refer to population aged 16-74.Country: Ireland 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdfCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.fCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdfCountry: IsraelBreak in methodlogy (2012): 1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdfCountry: IsraelChange in definition (1980): Data refers to population 14+.Country: IsraelChange in definition (2005): 1) Update of the definitions of labour force characteristics; 2) Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdfCountry: Italy 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: KyrgyzstanBreak in methodlogy (2002): Data are based on household surveyCountry: KyrgyzstanBreak in methodlogy (2003): From 2003, data are based on household income and labour force surveys.Country: KyrgyzstanChange in definition (1995 - 2001): Data refer to registered long-term unemployment.Country: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996 and to the persons who have been unemployed for 13 months or more. 1995/2000 : break in series due to adjustment to the results of 2000 Population Census.Country: Luxembourg 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Moldova, Republic ofData exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of BenderCountry: Netherlands 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Poland 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: Portugal 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Romania 1995 : data refer to 1997.Country: Russian FederationChange in definition (1990 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 yearsCountry: Russian FederationReference period (1990): Data refer to 1992Country: Russian FederationTerritorial change (1990 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen RepublicCountry: SerbiaData do not cover Kosovo and Metohija.Country: Slovenia 1995 : data refer to 1996.Country: Spain 1990 : data refer to 1992.Country: Switzerland Data refer to the permanent resident population. 1990 : data refer to 1991.Country: TurkeyBreak in series (2014): Since 2014 series are not comparable with the previous years due to methodological changes in LFS.Country: TurkeyBreak in methodlogy (2004): Data are revised according to the 2008 population projections.Country: UkraineChange in definition (2000 - 2012): Data present the number of unemployed (ILO definition) aged 15-70 years who is seeking work 12 months or more.Country: UkraineTerritorial change (2000 - 2012): Data do not cover the area of radioactive contamination from the Chernobyl disaster.Country: United Kingdom 1990 : data refer to 1992.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
  • M
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, IMF, OECD, World Bank) official sources. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked and rescaled to build long consistent time series. The national accounts estimates are compiled according to 2008 SNA (System of National Accounts 2008) or 1993 SNA (System of National Accounts 1993). Constant price estimates are based on data compiled by the National Statistical Offices (NSOs), which reflect various national practices (different base years, fixed base, chain, etc.). To facilitate international comparisons, the data reported by the NSOs have been scaled to the current price value of of the common reference year. The resulting chain constant price data are not additive. Common currency (US$) estimates are computed by the secretariat using purchasing power parities (PPPs), which are the rates of currency conversion that equalise the purchasing power of different currencies. PPPs, and not exchange rates, should be used in international comparisons of GDP and its components. Regional aggregates are computed by the secretariat. For national accounts all current price aggregates are sums of national series converted into US$ at current PPPs of GDP; all constant price aggregates are calculated by summing up national series scaled to the price level of the common reference year and then converted into US$ using PPPs of GDP of the common reference year. Due to conversion and rounding the resulting aggregates and components could be non-additive. For more details see the composition of regions note. Growth rates (per cent) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. Contributions to per cent growth in GDP (in percentage points) are over the preceding period, unless otherwise specified. .. - data not available
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: U.S. Department of the Treasury
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this table include foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury marketable and non-marketable bills, bonds, and notes reported monthly under the Treasury International Capital (TIC) reporting system. The data are collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians. Since U.S. securities held in overseas custody accounts may not be attributed to the actual owners, the data may not provide a precise accounting of individual country ownership of Treasury securities (see TIC FAQ #7 at: http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/data-chart-center/tic/Pages/ticfaq1.aspx). -- Data for December 2011 and later include holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes as reported on TIC Form SLT, "Aggregate Holdings of Long-Term Securities by U.S. and Foreign Residents.", including preliminary SLT data for the most recent month on the MFH table. -- The data before December 2011 were collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians and broker-dealers. Those data includes estimated foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes based on adding monthly net transactions from the TIC S Form to the holdings in the most recent annual Survey of Foreign Holdings of U.S. Securities. See footnotes 16 and 17 for details about the transition period during the 3rd and 4th quarter of 2011.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IPAW = Income as a percentage of the average wage This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year. This table reports marginal personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW. The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child. The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages). The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC). The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages. The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Hennes & Mauritz
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection:Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.  Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.  Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).  Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).  Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Jonathan Kilach
      Acceso el: 29 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset provides information on the ownership of the merchant fleet for all countries. "Ownership” refers to “Beneficial Ownership Location”: it indicates the economy in which the company that has the main commercial responsibility for the vessel is located. The economy of beneficial ownership may be different from the country in which the vessel is registered.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset shows statistics on the international maritime transport. It contains data on the size of the world merchant fleet by flag of registration and by type of ship. Data are presented in thousands of dead-weight tons (DWT).The dataset presents also, for each region or country 1) its share in the world fleet, and 2) the share of a ship-type in its fleet. From 2011 onwards, the figures on numbers of ships are also available, as well as the data in gross tonnage (GT).   This table contains consolidated time series from various issues of the UNCTAD Review of Maritime Transport. The Review reports on the worldwide evolution of shipping, ports and multimodal transport related to the major traffics of liquid bulk, dry bulk and containers. Please see http://unctad.org/rmt.   The data refer to the beginning of an indicated year.   The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels (from 2011 onwards only), military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSO - floating production, storage and offloading vessels - and drillships). Break in series: from 2011 onwards - (a) data also include the United States and Canada Great Lakes fleets; and (b) figures no longer cover the fishing vessels.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used: Persons registered in and cancelled from the population register due to change of residence:The English description of the source is not available at this time, for methodological details go to the Siqual system
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Global Knowledge Partnership on Migration and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Migration and Remittances Fact book provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Milk production and utilization, Canada and provinces (in kilolitres). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Geological Survey
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The USGS Mineral Resources Program (MRP) provides scientific information for objective resource assessments and unbiased research results on mineral potential, production, consumption, and environmental effects. The MRP is the sole Federal source for this information. Values of 2019 are estimated.
    • abril 2022
      Fuente: Apple, Inc.
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 abril, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      We define our day as midnight-to-midnight, Pacific time. Cities represent usage in greater metropolitan areas and are stably defined during this period. In many countries/regions and cities, relative volume has increased since January 13th, consistent with normal, seasonal usage of Apple Maps. Day of week effects are important to normalize as you use this data. Data that is sent from users’ devices to the Maps service is associated with random, rotating identifiers so Apple doesn’t have a profile of your movements and searches. Apple Maps has no demographic information about our users, so we can’t make any statements about the representativeness of our usage against the overall population. This information will be available for a limited time during the COVID‑19 pandemic.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Database published : June 2020 
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2022
      Fuente: Central American Commission of Maritime Transport
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 agosto, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 octubre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of multiple jobholders by National Occupational Classification (NOC), sex and age group, last 5 months.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Municipal waste is mainly produced by households, similar wastes from sources such as commerce, offices and public institutions are included. The amount of municipal waste generated consists of waste collected by or on behalf of municipal authorities and disposed of through the waste management system. The amount of municipal waste treatment is reported for the treatment operations incineration (with and without energy recovery), recycling, composting and landfilling. Data are available in thousand tonnes and kilograms per person. Wastes from agriculture and from industries are not included. For further detail on the definition please refer to section 3.4. The Sustainable Development Indicator on municipal waste is expressed in kilograms per person.
  • N
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents information using an "indicator" approach, focusing on cross-country comparisons. The aim is to make the accounts more accessible and informative, whilst taking the opportunity to present the conceptual underpinning  and comparability issues of each of the indicators presented. The range of indicators is set deliberately wide to reflect the richness of the national accounts dataset and to encourage users of economic statistics to refocus some of the spotlight that is often placed on GDP to other important economic indicators, which may better respond to their needs. Indeed many users themselves have been instrumental in this regard. The report of the Commission on the Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress (Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission) is but one notable example. That is not to undermine the importance of GDP, which arguably remains the most important measure of total economic activity, but other measures may better reflect other aspects of the economy. For example, net national income may be a more appropriate measure of income available to citizens in countries with large outflows of property income, and household adjusted disposable income per capita may be a better indicator of the material well-being of citizens. But certainly from a data perspective more can and remains to be done. The Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission for example highlights the pressing need for the provision, by official statistics institutes, of more detailed information that better describes the distributional aspects of activity, especially income, and the need to build on the national accounts framework to address issues such as non-market services produced by households or leisure. It is hoped that by producing a publication such as this and thereby raising awareness, the momentum from this and other initiatives will be accelerated. The publication itself will pick up new indicators in the future as they become available at the OECD.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Statistics Division
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The National Accounts Main Aggregates Database presents a series of analytical national accounts tables from 1970 onwards for more than 200 countries and areas of the world. It is the product of a global cooperation effort between the Economic Statistics Branch of the United Nations Statistics Division, international statistical agencies and the national statistical services of these countries and is developed in accordance with the recommendation of the Statistical Commission at its first session in 1947 that the Statistics Division should publish regularly the most recent available data on national accounts for as many countries and areas as possible. The database is updated in December of each year with newly available national accounts data for all countries and areas.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual National Accounts
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Natural gas deliveries to residential, industrial, commercial and institutional customers in gigajoules, cubic metres and Canadian dollars, monthly, January 2016 to present. Canadian monthly natural gas distribution, Canada and provinces
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Natural gas storage opening and closing inventories, injections, withdrawals and adjustments reported in gigajoules and cubic metres, monthly, January 2016 to present.   Canadian natural gas storage, Canada and provinces, monthly
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Natural gas received from gas fields and processing plants, imports and exports, deliveries to industrial consumers and pipeline fuel in gigajoules and cubic metres, monthly, January 2016 to present.   Canadian monthly natural gas transmission, Canada and provinces
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Net income of liquor authorities and government revenue from sale of alcoholic beverages annual (dollar x 1,000), 5 most recent time periods.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross national income (at market prices) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units in return for some engagement in productive activity: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It corresponds to the better known GDP minus primary income payable by resident units to non-resident units, plus primary income receivable by resident units from the rest of the world. Net national Income equals Gross National income after deduction of the consumption of fixed capital.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This aggregate measures the portion of national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Net national saving is the sum of the net savings of the various institutional sectors, according to the ESA 2010 definition.
    • abril 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Sweden
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 abril, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Nights spent. All hotels, holiday villages, hostels, camping sites, commercially arranged private cottages and apartments by region/county Year 2008 - 2017Please state The Swedish Agency for Economic and Regional Growth and Statistics Sweden as source when publishing information.region0010 Greater StockholmCommercially arranged private cottages and apartments are not included in regions and Sweden excluding metropolitan areas.0020 Greater GothenburgCommercially arranged private cottages and apartments are not included in regions and Sweden excluding metropolitan areas.0030 Greater MalmöCommercially arranged private cottages and apartments are not included in regions and Sweden excluding metropolitan areas.0060 Sweden excluding metropolitan areasCommercially arranged private cottages and apartments are not included in regions and Sweden excluding metropolitan areas.
    • abril 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Sweden
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 abril, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Swedish Agency for Economic and Regional Growth and Statistics Sweden Between 1978 and 1994, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States were reported separately. Ahead of 1995, the number of specified countries of residence was increased from 15 to 25. Ahead of 1997, the number was further increased to 33; in 2004, the number of countries of residence was increased to 34, and from 2008, 41 countries of residence are reported.Commercially arranged rentals in private cottages and apartments (SoL) have been included in the statistics since 2003. Camping has been included in the statistics since 2008. In 1994, 150 facilities, mainly conference facilities, were added to the Hotels category as a basis for the statistics.country of residenceCountry of residence refers to the country where the guest, regardless of citizenship, resides permanently (more than 12 months). A Swedish citizen residing abroad is thus presented as a guest from the country of residence.country of residenceCountry of residence refers to the country where the guest, regardless of citizenship, resides permanently (more than 12 months). A Swedish citizen residing abroad is thus presented as a guest from the country of residence.country of residenceOther EuropeIn 1978-1994, the Rest of Europe category comprised all European countries except for Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, which were reported separately. Subsequently, the following changes have been made: As from 1995, Austria, Belgium, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Russia, and Spain are reported separately and therefore are no longer included in the Rest of Europe category. As from 1997, the Czech Republic, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Luxembourg, Portugal, Slovakia, and Turkey are reported separately and therefore are no longer included in the Rest of Europe category. As from 2008, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Malta, Romania, and Slovenia are reported separately and therefore are no longer included in the Rest of Europe category.Rest of AmerikaIn 1997, the Rest of the Americas category, which was previously included in the Other countries category, was added. Subsequently, the following change has been made: As from 2008, Brazil is reported separately and therefore is no longer included in the Rest of the Americas category.Other AsiaIn 1997, the Other Asia category, which was previously included in the Other countries category, was added. Subsequently, the following changes have been made: As from 2004, China is reported separately and therefore is no longer included in the Other Asia category. As from 2008, India is reported separately and therefore is no longer included in the Other Asia category.Other countriesIn 1978-1994, the Other countries category comprised all non-European countries except Canada, Japan, and the United States, which were reported separately. Subsequently, the following changes have been made: As from 1995, Australia and South Korea are reported separately and therefore are no longer included in the Other countries category. As from 1997, New Zealand is reported separately and therefore is no longer included in the Other countries category. In 1997, the Rest of the Americas and the Other Asia categories were added, and therefore are no longer included in the Other countries category.Information missingIn 1997, the Not specified category was added.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The unit labour cost (ULC) is defined as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. Nominal ULC (NULC) = (D1/EEM) / (B1GQ/ETO) with D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) B1GQ = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed as % change on previous year and as index 2010=100.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This derived indicator compares remuneration (compensation per employee in current prices) and productivity (gross domestic product (GDP) in volumes per employment) to show how the remuneration of employees is related to the productivity of their labour. It is the relationship between how much each "worker" is paid and the value he/she produces by their work. Its growth rate is intended to give an impression of the dynamics of the participation of the production factor labour in output value created. Please note that the variables used in the numerator (compensation, employees) refer to employed labour only, while those in the denominator (GDP, employment) refer to all labour, including self-employed.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset on Quarterly Sector Accounts data presents the whole set of non financial accounts for the institutional sectors.It includes the following accounts: - Production account / External account of goods and services - Generation of income account - Allocation of primary income account - Secondary distribution of income account - Use of disposable income account - Change in net worth due to saving and capital transfers accounts - Acquisitions of non-financial assets account - Balance sheets for non-financial assets - Employment by sector These accounts are designed to produce accounting balances that are of particular interest for economic analysis such as value added, operating surplus, saving or net lending/net borrowing. Quarterly Sector Accounts data have been reported to the OECD by Member countries and Key Partner countries using a standard questionnaire (simplified table T0119 or detailed table T0801). These questionnaires are designed to collect internationally comparable data according to definitions and concepts presented in the System of National Accounts (SNA 2008 or SNA 1993 for a few countries):
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Gross disposable income of households in real terms (B6G, percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Methodological explanationsSymbols usedSource: State Statistical Office
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of cattle, by class and farm type, Canada and provinces (head x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator covers the number of enterprises active during at least part of the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
      Subido por: Suraj Kumar
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Independent Inventor Utility Patents by Country, State and Year An independent inventor patent is a patent that has ownership that is unassigned or assigned to an individual at the time of grant i.e. ownership of the patent is not assigned to an organization. some U.S. origin patents are assigned to foreign individuals while some foreign origin patents are assigned to U.S. individuals. Therefore, the sum of counts of U.S. origin independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by "U.S. individuals" and the sum of counts of "foreign origin" independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by foreign individuals.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of sheep (over 500,000) from the November/December survey
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of sheep and lambs on farms, Canada and provinces (head x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Methodological explanationsSymbols usedSource: State Statistical Office
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Una huelga representa una interrupción temporal del trabajo efectuada por uno o varios grupos de trabajadores con objeto de obtener reivindicaciones o rechazar exigencias o expresar quejas o apoyar las reivindicaciones o las quejas de otros trabajadores. Un cierre patronal representa el cierre temporal, ya sea parcial o total, de uno o varios centros de trabajo decidido por uno o varios empleadores o el impedimento por parte de éstos del desarrollo de la actividad laboral de sus trabajadores con objeto de lograr una reivindicación o rechazar exigencias o apoyar las reivindicaciones o las quejas de otros empleadores. Los temas desagregados por actividad económica se presentan utilizando la versión más reciente disponible de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). Puede que los datos hayan sido reclasificados a partir de clasificaciones nacionales, que pueden no ser estrictamente comparable con la CIIU. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Datos de Relaciones Industriales (IRdata).
  • O
    • abril 2022
      Fuente: Ocean Health Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 abril, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Ocean Health Index
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Las personas en la ocupación son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los temas desagregados por actividad económica se presentan utilizando la versión más reciente disponible de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). Puede que los datos hayan sido reclasificados a partir de clasificaciones nacionales, que pueden no ser estrictamente comparable con la CIIU. Los datos desagregados por ocupación se presentan utilizando la versión más reciente disponible de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). Puede que los datos hayan sido reclasificados a partir de clasificaciones nacionales, que pueden no ser estrictamente comparable con la CIUO. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Las personas en la ocupación son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los temas desagregados por actividad económica se presentan utilizando la versión más reciente disponible de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). Puede que los datos hayan sido reclasificados a partir de clasificaciones nacionales, que pueden no ser estrictamente comparable con la CIIU. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Agricultural Outlook has been prepared as a joint report by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. The report provides a ten year forward looking, assessment of trends and prospects in the major temperate-zone agricultural commodity markets of biofuels, cereals, oilseeds and oilseed products, sugar, meat, fish and sea food, dairy products, cotton, roots and tubers and pulses. It is published annually, in the middle of the second quarter, as part of a continuing effort to promote informed discussion of emerging market and policy issues. The data used to develop the projections underlying the assessment are those available as of January 2023. The projections and assessments provided in the report are the result of close co-operation between the OECD and FAO Secretariats and national experts with a jointly developed modelling system, based on the AGLINK-COSIMO model, used to facilitate consistency in the projections. The data series for the projections are drawn from OECD and FAO databases. For the most part information in these databases has been taken from national statistical sources. For further details on particular series, enquiries should be directed to the OECD and FAO Secretariats.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly operating and financial statistics (number of thousands of: passengers, passenger-kilometres, available seat-kilometres, load factor, hours flown, turbo fuel consumed in litres, and total operating revenues) for major Canadian airlines.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data are collected as summary tables to display an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and the European Economic Area. Switzerland and some Candidate or Potential Candidate Countries (Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia and Turkey) provide also data on a voluntary basis. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. From 1997 to 2011 : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (until 2011) (org_coptyp_h) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (until 2011) (org_cropar_h1) 3. Share of organic crop area out of the total utilised agricultural area (UAA) (until 2011) (org_cropar_h2) 4. Organic crop production by crops (until 2011) (org_cropppro_h) 5. Organic livestock of animals (until 2011) (org_lstspec_h) 6. Organic production of animal products (until 2011) (org_aprod_h) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (2008-2011) (org_cpreact_h) 8. Processors and importers of organic products by NACE Rev. 1.1 activity (D) (until 2007) (org_cpreact-nr1) From 2012 onwards : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (from 2012 onwards) (org_coptyp) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_cropar) 3. Organic crop production by crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_croppro) 4. Organic livestock of animals (from 2012 onwards) (org_lstspec) 5. Organic production of animal products (from 2012 onwards) (org_aprod) 6. Organic production of aquaculture products (from 2012 onwards) (org_astspec) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (from 2012 onwards) (org_cpreact) Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Description of statisticQuality descriptions Concepts and definitionsRegionThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series.Background countryThe origin and background country data are explained in the Concepts webpage, see link. Countries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.OriginThe origin and background country data are explained on the Concepts webpage, see the link.InformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • mayo 2021
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI category Language Languages (ISO 639-1) The national languages are Finnish, Swedish and Sami Age Age refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December. Information Population 31 Dec Population at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • marzo 2022
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Description of statistical Quality descriptions Concepts and definitions... confidentialAreaThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series. Data for merged municipalities have been combined. Partial municipal mergers have not been taken into account in the years preceding the merger.Background countryThe origin and background country data are explained in the Concepts webpage, see link. Countries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryInformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • abril 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • P
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: Passport Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 julio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Passport Index is an interactive tool, which collects, displays and ranks the passports of the world. You can discover the world’s passports on a map, by country name, by Passport Power Rank and even by the color of their cover. Visa Free Score Passports accumulate points for each visa free country that their holders can visit without a visa, or they can obtain a visa on arrival. Passport Power Rank Passports are ranked based on their Visa Free Score. The higher the Visa Free Score, the better the Passport Power Rank. Methodology The country list is based on the 193 UN member countries and 6 territories (Macao, Kosovo, etc.) for a total of 199. Territories annexed to other countries such as Norfolk Island, French Polynesia, etc. are excluded. Data is based on research from publicly available sources, as well as information shared by government agencies.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: World Intellectual Property Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Zaire, officially the Republic of Zaire, was the name of the Democratic Republic of the Congo between 1971 and 1997.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents patent statistics and indicators that are suitable for tracking innovation in environment-related technologies. They allow the assessment of countries and firms' innovation performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents are a key measure of innovation output, as patent indicators reflect the inventive performance of countries, regions, technologies, firms, etc. They are also used to track the level of diffusion of knowledge across technology areas, countries, sectors, firms, etc., and the level of internationalisation of innovative activities. Patent indicators can serve to measure the output of R&D, its productivity, structure and the development of a specific technology/industry. The relationship between patents as an intermediate output resulting from R&D inputs has been investigated extensively. Patents are often interpreted as an output indicator; however, they could also be viewed as an input indicator, as patents are used as a source of information by subsequent inventors. Like any other indicator, patent indicators have many advantages and disadvantages. The advantages of patent indicators are :patents have a close link to invention;patents cover a broad range of technologies on which there are sometimes few other sources of data;the contents of patent documents are a rich source of information (on the applicant, inventor, technology category, claims, etc.); andpatent data are readily available from patent offices. However, patents are subject to certain drawbacks:the value distribution of patents is skewed as many patents have no industrial application (and hence are of little value to society) whereas a few are of substantial value;many inventions are not patented because they are not patentable or inventors may protect the inventions using other methods, such as secrecy, lead time, etc.;the propensity to patent differs across countries and industries;differences in patent regulations make it difficult to compare counts across countries; andchanges in patent law over the years make it difficult to analyse trends over time. 
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, value added data for 2008 in the ICT sector are not comparable with data published for pRevious years. Therefore, the percentage change between years 2007 and 2008 is not available.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table includes the areas of all fruit trees (in particular apples, pears and cherries) all nut trees, all berry plantations (except strawberries), all citrus fruit trees, all vineyards, all olive trees and all other permanent crops used for human consumption. This indicator uses the concepts of "production area". The "production area" corresponds to the area that can be harvested in the reference harvest year. All of the non-producing areas, such as new plantations that have not yet started to produce, are not excluded, as well as the abandoned areas. In addition, only the areas planted with permanent crops that are entirely or mainly intended to produce for the market are included.
    • enero 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 enero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This Dataset presents time series on receipts and payments of personal remittances in millions of dollars. These data are also shown as percentage of exports (receipts) and imports (payments) of goods and services, and as percentage of GDP. Personal remittances, as defined in this table, comply with the guidelines of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual, Sixth Edition (BPM6) (IMF 2009, Appendix 5). They are the sum of two items: (1.) compensation of employees, defined as the income of workers employed in an economy where they are not resident and of residents employed by non-resident employers; (2.) personal (current) transfers, defined as current transfers in kind or in cash, between resident and non-resident households (ibid., A5.5-7). A broader definition of personal remittances would include also capital transfers between resident and non-resident households (ibid., A5.10-13). However, data coverage for capital transfers is much sparser than for the two items above, as compilation of this item by countries is voluntary in the context of the balance of payment statistics. Therefore, capital transfers between resident and non-resident households are reported in this table separately. The main source of personal remittances data is World Bank. In cases of missing data, data from IMF or Economic Intelligence Unit have been imputed. Capital transfers data have been taken from IMF.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The number of persons employed is defined as the total number of persons working in the various industries: employees, non employees (e.g. family workers, delivery personnel) with the exception of agency workers. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed. Country data are expressed in units. European aggregates (EU27 (2007-2013)) are expressed in 100.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Persons subject of asylum applications pending at the end of the month. Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications:the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Regulation (EC) No 1185/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 25 November 2009, concerning statistics on pesticides, stipulates that Member States shall transmit their annual sales of pesticides placed on the market from 2011 onwards.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Placement of chicks and turkey poults for production, Canada and provinces (poults unless otherwise noted). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (CIS, EUROSTAT, OECD, UN) official sources. Definition: Population, as referred to the System of National Accounts 1993, is the annual average number of persons present in the economic territory of a country, including institutional population. Employment, as referred to the System of National Accounts 1993, covers all persons - both employees and self-employed - engaged in a productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system. It includes both the residents and the non-residents who work for resident producer units. In case of deviation, the actual definition is provided in the country footnote. Population data provided in this table may slightly differ from population data provided in Gender Statistics, due to the use of different sources. Employment data provided in this table generally differ from employment data provided in Gender Statistics, which cover only residents. General note: The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked or rescaled to build long consistent time series. As a result, absolute figures presented in this table may differ from those published by National Statistical Offices and should be taken with caution. However, the derived growth rates correspond to the originally reported series. Regional aggregates are computed by UNECE secretariat. For more details see the composition of regions note. .. - data not available Country: Albania Population: estimates from UN Population Division - may differ from national data. Employment: From 2007 data according to the Labour Force Survey. Country: Armenia Employment: LFS - based. Country: Azerbaijan Geographical coverage: excludes Nagorno-Karabakh. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS - based. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Geographical coverage: Data on total population/ total employment cover the whole country, i.e. the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina and Republika Srpska. Country: Croatia Employment: LFS-based. Country: France Geographical Coverage: Data for France include the overseas departments (DOM). Country: Georgia Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: Register-based. Country: Israel Employment: LFS-based. Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Kazakhstan Employment: LFS-based. Country: Lithuania Employment: LFS-based. Country: Moldova, Republic of Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Transnistria. Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based. Country: Romania Employment: LFS-based. For the years 1990-2001 UNECE estimates. Country: Russian Federation Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Employment: LFS-based. Data for Russian Federation was updated only until the end of 2013. Country: Serbia Geographical Coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Employment: LFS - based. Country: Tajikistan Population: Number of population for the latest year refers to the beginning of the year, not to an annual average as usually. Measurement: Growth rate , Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Employment: LFS-based. Country: Turkey Population: estimates from UN Population Division - may differ from national data. Employment: annual breakdowns by activity and quarterly data are LFS-based. Country: Turkmenistan Population: estimates from UN Population Division - may differ from national data. Country: Ukraine Employment: LFS-based. Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • mayo 2015
      Fuente: Earth Policy Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 junio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This is part of a supporting dataset for Lester R. Brown, Full Planet, Empty Plates: The New Geopolitics of Food Scarcity (New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2012).
    • mayo 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • junio 2020
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 junio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Principal Global Indicators (PGI) dataset provides internationally comparable data for the Group of 20 economies (G-20) and economies with systemically important financial sectors that are not members of the G-20. The PGI facilitates the monitoring of economic and financial developments for these jurisdictions. Launched in 2009, the PGI website is hosted by the IMF and is a joint undertaking of the Inter-Agency Group of Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on producer deliveries major grains, for Canada and selected provinces.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production and disposition of eggs, Canada and provinces (layers unless otherwise noted). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on the production, area harvested, price and farm gate value of greenhouse vegetables.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on the production and gross value of maple products (syrup).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production of butterfat (kilograms x 1,000), Canada and provinces. Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production of concentrated milk products, Canada and provinces (in tonnes). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistics on the production of cow's milk are derived from annual surveys of farms in each Member State. Milk production here includes milk subsequently fed to calves on the same farm, but not milk suckled directly.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of bovine animals (calves, bullocks, bulls, heifers and cows) slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator expresses the total carcass weight of pigs slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total carcass weight of poultry slaughtered whose meat is declared fit for human consumption. The following poultry is included: hens, chicken, ducks, turkey, guinea fowls, geese. This indicator covers mainly the production of gallinaceae including broilers.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of sheep, including lambs, and goats slaughtered in slaughterhouses or elsewhere whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production of a wide variety of indoor and outdoor potted plants, cut flowers, the different cuttings as well as the greenhouse production of tree seedlings.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production of selected butter products, Canada and provinces (in tonnes). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production of selected products, by dairy manufacturers, Canada and provinces (tonnes unless otherwise noted). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The agricultural production domain covers: Quantity produced Producer price Value at farmgate (forthcoming) Area harvested Yield per hectare  
    • mayo 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production, disposition and farm value of poultry meat, Canada and provinces (data in thousands). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The profit share of non-financial corporations is defined as gross operating surplus (ESA 2010 code: B2g_B3g) divided by gross value added (B1g). This profitability-type indicator shows the share of the value added created during the production process remunerating capital. It is the complement of the share of wage costs (plus taxes less subsidies on production) in value added. Non-financial corporation includes all private and public corporate enterprises that produce goods or provide non-financial services to the market (ESA 2010 code: S11). Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Household sector's property income received and paid, by province and territory.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La proporción de jóvenes que no están ocupados, ni estudian ni reciben formación (también llamada tasa de jóvenes ni-ni o tasa de jóvenes NEET por sus siglas en inglés) corresponde al número de jóvenes que no están ocupados, ni estudian ni reciben formación expresado en porcentaje del total de jóvenes. Este indicador brinda una medición de los jóvenes que están por fuera del Sistema educacional y de la ocupación, por lo que sirve como una medida más amplia de los potenciales jóvenes entrantes al mercado laboral que la desocupación juvenil, ya que incluye a los jóvenes fuera de la fuerza de trabajo que no estudian ni están en formación. También es una mejor medición de los potenciales jóvenes entrantes al Mercado laboral que los jóvenes fuera de la fuerza de trabajo, visto que éstos últimos incluyen a los jóvenes fuera de la fuerza de trabajo que siguen programas de educación o formación, por lo que no están disponibles para trabajar. Para más información, vea el Repositorio de Metadatos de los Indicadores de los ODS o la descripción del indicador en ILOSTAT.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Este indicador representa la proporción de jóvenes que no estudian ni trabajan. Los jóvenes que no están estudiando son aquellos que no estaban inscritos en ningún establecimiento educativo ni en ningún programa formal de capacitación (por ejemplo de formación vocacional). A efectos estadísticos, los jóvenes se definen como aquellas personas de edades comprendidas entre los 15 y los 24 años. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas del mercado laboral (LFS y STLFS).
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Consumption of fixed capital for six sectors of the economy, by province and territory.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Provincial estimates of research and development expenditures in the higher education sector, by funding sector and type of science by provinces, from 2000 to today.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD has collected data for public expenditure on labour market programmes (LMPs) continuously since the mid-1980s. For most longstanding Member countries, data according to a consistent classification system and definition of scope are available for reference years 1985 to 2002. Starting with reference year 1998, Eurostat started collecting and publishing data according to a somewhat different classification system and definition of scope. In line with agreements for bilateral coordination of data collection, the OECD after some time adopted - for non-Eurostat OECD Member countries as well as Eurostat countries – most of the features of the Eurostat system. This allows the OECD to use data collected by Eurostat rather than making a separate data request to the 20 Eurostat countries that are members of the OECD. OECD data according to the "new" classification and definition of scope are generally available for reference year 2002 onwards, or 1998 onwards for Eurostat countries. These data are often used in time-series applications, e.g. for documenting long-term trends in total social expenditure (ìn which labour market programmes are one component), or in time-series regressions that attempt to estimate the impact of training programmes vs. job-creation programmes on unemployment. It is no longer practicable to do such work using only the "old" data which stop in 2002 or the "new" data which start in 2002 or 1998. If the two data sets are combined using crude extrapolation and splicing techniques, time-series movements will result primarily from statistical breaks (i.e. changes in definition and coverage of the statistics) rather than real changes in spending patterns. The unit of measure used depends on the members in dimension 'Country', 'Measure'
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Public Sector Debt database includes quarterly detailed information on all liabilities which constitute debt instruments, by initial and residual maturity, which are held by the government, and more broadly the public sector. The debt instruments are those instruments that require the payment of principal and interest or both at some point(s) in the future. All liabilities are considered debt, except liabilities in the form of equity and investment fund shares and, financial derivatives and employee stock options.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
  • Q
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly External Debt Statistics GDDS Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-external-debt-statistics-gdds License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank launched the new Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS) GDDS database. This database is consistent with the classifications and definitions of the 2013 External Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (2013 EDS Guide) and Sixth Edition of Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The QEDS GDDS database provides external debt data, starting from 2002Q4, for an extension of countries that participate in the IMF's General Data Dissemination System (GDDS).
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 enero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly External Debt Statistics SDDS Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-external-debt-statistics-sdds License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   In October 2014, the World Bank launched the new Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS) SDDS database. This database is consistent with the classifications and definitions of the 2013 External Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (2013 EDS Guide) and Sixth Edition of Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The QEDS SDDS database provides detailed external debt data starting from 1998Q1. Data are published individually by countries that subscribe to the IMF’s Special Data Dissemination Standard (SDDS), as well as, GDDS participating countries that are in a position to produce the external debt data prescribed by the SDDS.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter for the general government sector (ref. Regulation  (EU) No 549/2013, Annex B transmission programme, definition of general government sector ESA 2010 §2.111). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Quarterly data on government debt is provided according to the provisions of the European System of Accounts ESA 2010 (Regulation (EU) No 549/2013). Data is transmitted by national authorities (National Statistical Institutes, National Central Banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD's quarterly national accounts (QNA) dataset presents data collected from all the OECD member countries and some other major economies on the basis of a standardised questionnaire. It contains a wide selection of generally seasonally adjusted quarterly series most widely used for economic analysis from 1960 or whenever available:
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data correspond to quarterly non-financial accounts for the general government sector which are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (ESA2010) basis. The data sets contain quarterly general government total expenditure and total revenue figures, as well as their breakdowns by relevant categories and the resulting quarterly government deficit/surplus.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly Public Sector Debt Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-public-sector-debt License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Quarterly Public Sector Debt (QPSD) database, jointly developed by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, brings together detailed public sector debt data of selected countries. The QPSD database includes country and cross-country tables, and specific public debt components. The data represent the following sectors on an as-available basis: General government; otherwise Central government; otherwise Budgetary central government; Non Financial public corporations and Financial public corporations and a table presenting the total public sector debt.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
  • R
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates: ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures the share of R&D personnel broken down by the following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP). Data are presented in full-time equivalents as a share of the economically active population (the ‘labour force’).
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This database provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of central government support for business R&D; in form of R&D; tax incentives and direct funding across OECD member countries and ten non-member economies (Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, People's Republic of China, Romania, Russian Federation, and South Africa). This includes time-series indicators of tax expenditures for R&D;, based on the latest 2017 OECD data collection on tax incentive support for R&D; expenditures that was completed in July 2017. These estimates of the cost of R&D; tax relief have been combined with data on direct R&D; funding, as compiled by National Statistical Offices based on reports from firms, in order to provide a more complete picture of government efforts to promote business R&D.; The latest indicators and information on R&D; tax incentives also feature on the dedicated OECD website Measuring R&D; tax incentives.Tax expenditures are deviations from a benchmark tax system (OECD, 2010) and countries use different national benchmarks. Available estimates typically reflect the sum of foregone tax revenues – on an accruals basis – and refunds where applicable, with no or minimal adjustments for behavior effects. Some countries only report claims realised in a given year (cash basis), while others report losses to government on an accrual basis, excluding claims referring to earlier periods and including claims for current R&D; to be used in the future. For general and country-specific notes on the estimates of government tax relief for R&D; expenditures (GTARD), see http://www.oecd.org/sti/rd-tax-stats-gtard-notes.pdfThe sources for the other indicators (direct funding of BERD, BERD and GDP) include the OECD databases on Main Science and Technology Indicators and Eurostat R&D; statistics.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure of the economic activity, defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The calculation of the annual growth rate of GDP volume is intended to allow comparisons of the dynamics of economic development both over time and between economies of different sizes. For measuring the growth rate of GDP in terms of volumes, the GDP at current prices are valued in the prices of the previous year and the thus computed volume changes are imposed on the level of a reference year; this is called a chain-linked series. Accordingly, price movements will not inflate the growth rate.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The labour productivity = GDP/ETO with GDP = Gross domestic product, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons The GDP per person employed is intended to give an overall impression of the productivity of national economies expressed in relation to the European Union average. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per person employed is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that persons employed does not distinguish between full-time and part-time employment. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. Data are expressed as percentage change comparing year Y with year Y-1 and as Index 2010.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents reference statistics (GDP, Total Government Expenditure, deflators, etc.) that are used to calculate some of the indicators on educational expenditure included in the indicators dataset.
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Refugee Processing Center
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Refugee Processing Center   FY - Fiscal Years have been used (since October until September). Data for 2017 include the last available values.  The Refugee Processing Center (RPC) is operated by the U.S Department of State (DOS) Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration (PRM) in the Rosslyn section of Arlington, Virginia USA.  At the RPC and at Resettlement Support Centers (RSCs), an interactive computer system called the Worldwide Refugee Admissions Processing System (WRAPS) is used to process and track the movement of refugees from various countries around the world to the U.S. for resettlement under the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program (USRAP). Fiscal years 2008 through 2019 as of june 30,2019. . Fiscal Years 2008 through 2019 as of june 30,2019. >> Annual data is Fiscal year data and October is the year starting 
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Report of processed eggs production in Canada (in kilograms). Data are available on a weekly basis.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society, and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications. R&D expenditures include all expenditures for R&D performed within the business enterprise sector (BERD) on the national territory during a given period, regardless of the source of funds. R&D expenditure in BERD are shown as a percentage of GDP (R&D intensity).
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: The financial years 2015/16, 2016/17, 2017/18 and 2018/2019 have been considered as 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018. respectively.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      R&D personnel include all persons employed directly on R&D, plus persons supplying direct services to R&D, such as managers, administrative staff and office staff. The measure shown in this table is total R&D personnel in full time equivalents as a percentage of the economic active population. Please note that the calculation of the measure in this table has changed from being based on head count to full time equivalents from January 2010. The measure based on head count is still available in Eurostat public data bases, table: Total R&D personnel and researchers by sectors of performance, as % of total labour force and total employment, and by sex (rd_p_perslf)
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat) official sources. Definition: Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems and also in the management of the projects concerned (see also: 'Frascati Manual - Proposed standard practice for surveys on research and experimental development', paras. 302-305). The business enterprise sector includes: All firms, organisations and institutions whose primary activity is the market production of goods or services (other than higher education) for sale to the general public at an economically significant price; The private non-profit institutes mainly serving them. The government sector includes: All departments, offices and other bodies, which furnish but normally do not sell to the community those common services, other than higher education, which cannot otherwise be conveniently and economically provided and administer the state and the economic and social policy of the community. (Public enterprises are included in the business enterprise sector); Non-profit institutes (NPIs) controlled and mainly financed by government. The higher education sector includes all universities, colleges of technology and other institutes of post-secondary education, whatever their source of finance or legal status. It also includes all research institutes, experimental stations and clinics operating under the direct control of or administered by or associated with higher education establishments. The private non-profit sector includes: Non-market, private non-profit institutions serving households (i.e. the general public); Private individuals or households. .. - data not available Country: Canada Break in methodlogy (2000): Business enterprise sector`s collection methodology was changed. Country: Canada Change in definition (2000 - 2013): Government sector does not include all provinces and territories. Country: Canada Reference period (2000 - 2013): Fiscal years are used for government and higher education sector (April to March). Country: Canada Sector subtotals do not sum to “All sectors” category as there are researchers that work in industries other than the four select sectors listed in the table (Groupings refer to NOC 2011 and NAICS 2012 classifications.) Country: Kazakhstan Additional information (2000 - 2012): Data were formed on the basis of the "Report on the implementation of scientific and technical work" Country: Moldova, Republic of Change in definition (2001 - 2012): Data for researchers include only those who are directly involved in a research. Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Serbia Territorial change (1995 - 2013): The Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia has no available data on the AP Kosovo and Metohija.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Resettled refugees means persons who have been granted an authorisation to reside in a Member State within the framework of a national or Community resettlement scheme.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used: Migration and calculation of foreign resident population and structure by citizenship The survey allows the calculation of the demographic balance of the foreign resident population and gives the amount of foreign residents for each year. Foreign resident population is represented by individuals who do not have Italian citizenship having usual residence in Italy. It is calculated for each municipality on December 31st of each year that follows the population Census, adding to the foreign population enumerated by the census the foreign population inflows and outflows recorded during each calendar year Other data characteristics: Data subject to change for reconstruction after the last Population census
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on agricultural land-use are valuable for conducting studies on a various perspectives concerning agricultural production, food security and for deriving cropping intensity among others uses. Indicators derived from the land-use categories can also elucidate the environmental sustainability of countries’ agricultural practices. FAOSTAT Land-use statistics contain a wide range of information on variables that are significant for: understanding the structure of a country’s agricultural sector; making economic plans and policies for food security; deriving environmental indicators, including those related to investment in agriculture and data on gross crop area and net crop area which are useful for policy formulation and monitoring. Land-use resources sub-domain covers: Country area (including area under inland water bodies), Land area (excluding area under inland water bodies), Agricultural area, Arable land and Permanent crops, Arable land, Permanent crops, Permanent meadows and pastures, Forest area, Other land and Area equipped for irrigation. Detailed information on sub-categories: Temporary crops, Temporary meadows and pastures, Fallow land (temporary: less than 5 years), Permanent meadows and pastures cultivated and naturally grown and Organic land. Data are available from 1961 to 2009 for more than 200 countries and areas. Forest area: Global Forest Resource Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the main source of forest area data in FAOSTAT. Data were provided by countries for years 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. Data for intermediate years were estimated for FAO using linear interpolation and tabulation. Some of the most interesting data for economists is found in this domain. The national distribution of land, among arable land, pastures and other lands, as well as the importance of irrigation are just some of the interesting data sets.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on government sector receipts, and on taxes in particular, are basic inputs to most structural economic descriptions and economic analyses and are increasingly used in international comparisons. This annual database presents a unique set of detailed and internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometre and passenger-kilometres. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most countries, this is not the case for road injuries. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data. 
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      For European Union member states, Iceland, Norway, and Switzerland the source of data from year 2005 is CARE database. Country: Latvia Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or within 7 days; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Moldova, Republic of Break in series: From 2007 a regulation has made it compulsory for police inspectors to enter data about road accidents. For years prior this is not the case. Country: Netherlands Injured persons refer to persons who were hospitalized. Country: Portugal Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or during or immediately after transport from the scene of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Spain Persons are recorded as killed who die within 24 hours as a result of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Turkey Until year 2015 figures on persons killed include the deaths only at the accident scene; however since year 2015 figures on persons killed also include the deaths within 30 days after the traffic accidents due to related accident and its impacts for people injured and sent to health facilities. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to Great Britain.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definition:Killed: Any person who was killed outright or who died within 30 days as a result of the accident. Injured: Any person, who was not killed, but sustained one or more serious or slight injuries as a result of the accident. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available For European Union member states, Iceland, Norway, and Switzerland the source of data from year 2005 is CARE database. Country: Latvia Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or within 7 days; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Moldova, Republic of Break in series: From 2007 a regulation has made it compulsory for police inspectors to enter data about road accidents. For years prior this is not the case. Country: Netherlands Injured persons refer to persons who were hospitalized. Country: Portugal Data refer to continent only. Country: Portugal Persons are recorded as killed who die at the scene of the accident or during or immediately after transport from the scene of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Spain Persons are recorded as killed who die within 24 hours as a result of the accident; persons who die later are recorded as injured. Country: Turkey Data by day of week cover accidents only at Police responsibility areas between 2000-2011 whereas between 2012-2015 data cover both Police and Gendermarie responsibility areas. Data on fatalities and injured persons cover both Police and Gendermarie responsiblity areas. Until 2015 figures on persons killed include the deaths only at the accident scene. Since 2015 figures on persons killed also include the deaths within 30 days after the traffic accidents due to related accident and its impacts for people injured and sent to health facilities. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to Great Britain.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table includes the areas where are sown potatoes (including seed), sugar beet (excluding seed), temporary grasses for grazing, hay or silage (in the crop rotation cycle), leguminous plants grown and harvested green (as the whole plant, mainly for fodder, energy or green manuring use), other cereals harvested green (excluding green maize): rye, wheat, triticale, annual sorghum, buckwheat, etc. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation" which corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.)
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Roundwood production (the term is used as a synonymous term for "removals") comprise all quantities of wood removed from the forest and other wooded land or other felling site during a certain period of time. It is reported in cubic metres underbark (i.e excluding bark).
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • S
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los datos presentados corresponden al salario mínimo mensual de los asalariados al 31 de diciembre de cada año. No se incluye a los países donde el salario mínimo se decide a través de negociaciones colectivas. En los casos en que no existe un salario mínimo nacional, utilizamos el salario mínimo de la capital o de la ciudad principal. En algunos casos, utilizamos un promedio de varios salarios mínimos regionales. En los países en que el salario mínimo se determina por sector o por ocupación, en general presentamos el salario mínimo en la manufactura o de los trabajadores no calificados. Se trata de una serie armonizada: (1) los datos referentes a salarios horarios, semanales, o anuales fueron convertidos a salarios mensuales utilizando datos sobre las horas de trabajo (donde estaban disponibles); y (2) los datos se presentan en dólares estadounidenses como moneda común, utilizando la tasa de cambio con el dólar US o las tasas de paridad de poder adquisitivo (PPA) de 2017 para el gasto de consumo privado. Esta última serie permite de realizar comparaciones internacionales teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de precio relativas entre países. Para obtener más información, consulte la página de conceptos y definiciones.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Volume of pesticides sold in the Member States. This data collection comprises pesticide sales data in EU27 (from 2020) and EFTA (Switzerland and Norway) based on the term "placing on the market" as defined in Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 concerning the placing of plant protection products on the market..
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Demand for statistics on business demography has grown and developed considerably in recent years. Data on births and deaths of enterprises, their life expectancy and the important role they play in economic growth and productivity, as well as the information they provide for tackling social demographic issues, are increasingly requested by policy makers and analysts alike. Business demography is a core element of the OECD’s Entrepreneurship Indicators Project, where the OECD and Eurostat are collaborating to develop a framework for the regular and harmonised measurement of entrepreneurial activity and the factors that enhance or impede it. The data in this database is presented in International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4).
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 enero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Secretariat collects a wide range of statistics on businesses and business activity. This database features the data collection of the Statistics Directorate relating to a number of key variables, such as value added, operating surplus, employment, and the number of business units, for example, broken down by 4-digit International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4) industry groups (including the service sector)), referred to as the Structural Statistics on Industry and Services (SSIS) database; and by size class; referred to as the Business Statistics by Size Class (BSC) database.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Closing stock of reserves of uranium, copper, gold from gold mines, lead, molybdenum, nickel, silver, zinc, crude bitumen, crude oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, bituminous coal, subbituminous coal and lignite, sulphur, iron, and potash (tonnes unless otherwise noted).
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 agosto, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bssi_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicator measures the proportion of forest ecosystems in comparison to the total land area. Data used for this indicator is derived from the Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey (LUCAS). The LUCAS land use and land cover classification has been adapted to FAO forest definitions, distinguishing between the categories 'forests' and 'other wooded land'. LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A mixed panel approach is used, so some points are visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on Research and Development (GBAORD) refer to budget provisions, not to actual expenditure, i.e. GBAORD measures government support for R&D using data collected from budgets. This table shows the shares of GBAORD allocated to the socio-economic objectives defence and total civil R&D.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on Research and Development (GBAORD) refer to budget provisions, not to actual expenditure, i.e. GBAORD measures government support for R&D using data collected from budgets. The GBAORD indicator should be seen as a complement to indicators based on surveys of R&D performers, which are considered to be a more accurate but less timely way of measuring R&D activities. In this table, total GBAORD is expressed as a percentage of total general government expenditure.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D) is counted as 0.4 FTE. The share of women researchers among total researchers in FTE in all sectors of performance is shown.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. The share of women researchers among total researchers in head count in all institutional sectors is shown.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sheep statistics, quantity of wool purchased, used on farms, price and farm value, annual, Canada and provinces (kilograms unless otherwise noted). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sheep statistics, supply and disposition of sheep and lambs, Canada and provinces (head x 1,000). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset shows estimates of the merchant fleet demolished between 1 January and 31 December of a given year.Data are presented in gross tonnage (GT) and refer to the indicated year. The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons (GT) and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels, military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSOs and drillships).
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset shows data on the merchant fleet built between 1 January and 31 December of a given year. The data are presented in gross tonnage (GT) and refer to the indicated year. The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons (GT) and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels, military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSOs and drillships).
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset contains predominantly quarterly labour statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and selected other economies. The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset covers countries that compile labour statistics from sample household surveys on a monthly or quarterly basis. It is widely accepted that household surveys are the best source for labour market key statistics. In such surveys, information is collected from people living in households through a representative sample and the surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used internationally. The subjects available cover: working age population by age; active and inactive labour force by age; employment by economic activity, by working time and by status; and, unemployment (including monthly harmonised unemployment) by age and by duration. Data is expressed in levels (thousands of persons) or rates (e.g. employment rate) where applicable.   Data are based on Labour Force Surveys and national information in this dataset is directly collected from the following sources:   ABS - Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australia) Statistics Canada (Canada) INE - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas (Chile) CBS – Central Bureau of Statistics (Israel) Statistics Bureau (Japan) Statistics Korea (Korea) INEGI - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Geografía (Mexico) Statistics New Zealand (New Zealand) BLS - Bureau of Labor Statistics (the United States) Eurostat (Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom).
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • febrero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Social benefits (other than social transfers in kind) paid by government (ESA 2010 code D.62) are transfers to households, in cash or in kind, intended to relieve them from financial burden of a number of risks or needs (by convention: sickness, invalidity, disability, occupational accident or disease, old age, survivors, maternity, family, promotion of employment, unemployment, housing, education and general neediness), made through collective schemes, or outside such schemes by government units.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. The functions (or risks) are: sickness/healthcare, disability, old age, survivors, family/children, unemployment, housing, social exclusion not elsewhere classified (n.e.c).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Social expenditure aggregates: The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been developed in order to serve a growing need for indicators of social policy. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary private social expenditure at programme level. SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Receipts of social protection schemes comprise social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. Employers' social contributions are the costs incurred by employers to secure entitlement to social benefits for their employees, former employees and their dependants. Employers' social contributions may be actual or imputed; they can be paid by resident or non-resident employers.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World: Soybean Area, Yield and Production
    • febrero 2021
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data source(s) used: Marriages: The survey on marriages, was established in 1926. It's an individual and exhaustive survey, which collects the data of all the marriages celebrated in Italy and the socio-demographic characteristics of the spouses.The survey uses the Istat D.3 model, compiled by the officer of the municipality where the marriage was celebrated. The model is divided into two parts: the first one collects the information about the marriage: the date, the rite of celebration (religious or civil), and the common property regime chosen by the couple (joint or separated ownership of property); the second one collects information about the spouses: date of birth, place of birth, place of residence at the time of marriage, future place of residence of the spouses, marital status, level of education, occupational status, position in the profession, branch of economic activity, citizenship. Other data characteristics: The indicators that do not involve the use of the population (civil weddings - percentage values, joint ownership of property - percentages, marriages with at least one foreign spouse - percentages, second or later marriages - percentages) were calculated according to three different territorial classification:- According to the classification in force in 2017 (107 provinces);- According to the classification in force at the time of the Census of 2011 (110 provinces);- According to the classification in force in the year in which the marriage was celebrated, in the event that was different from that of 2017 and of the Census of 2011 (103 provinces for 2004 and 2005, 107 provinces for the years ranging from 2006 to 2009).
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • junio 2023
      Fuente: bp
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 junio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El stock de nacionales en el extranjero se refiere a todas aquellas personas cuyo país de residencia habitual difiere de su país de origen. El país de residencia habitual de una persona es el país en que la persona tiene un lugar donde normalmente pasa su tiempo diario de reposo. El país de origen de una persona es el país del cual la persona proviene, es decir, el país de su ciudadanía (o, en el caso de los apátridas, el país de residencia habitual). Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas internacionales de migración laboral (ILMS).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Stocks of frozen eggs and edible dried eggs, Canada (in tonnes). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Stocks of frozen poultry meat, Canada and provinces (tonnes). Data are available on a monthly basis.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 158 series, with data for years 1980 - 2017 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (12 items: Canada; Eastern Canada; Prince Edward Island; Nova Scotia; ...); Type of stock (3 items: Farm and commercial, total; Farm stocks; Commercial stocks); Type of crop (16 items: Barley; Canary seed; Canola (rapeseed); Chick peas; ...).
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      CGTRT = Central govt. tax rates and thresholds This table provides detailed information on sub-central income tax systems with progressive rate structures, based on the representative case. - The data (e.g., allowance, tax credit) apply to wage income of a single person without dependents. - The rates are expressed as a percentage of taxable income. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex. The information shown in the columns 'Level of government' and 'Tax base' corresponds to the same columns in Table I.2.
    • marzo 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society 2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT security and trust,access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity),use of Big data analysis,use of 3D printing,use of robotics.Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Market Database > Supply and Demand data from FAO, IGC and USDA-PSD Note: Season 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, and 2019 respectively
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2021
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Supply and disposition of mink and fox on fur farms, Canada and provinces (number unless otherwise noted). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains 162 series, with data for years 2016 - 2017 (not all combinations necessarily have data for all years). This table contains data described by the following dimensions (Not all combinations are available): Geography (14 items: Canada; Newfoundland and Labrador; Prince Edward Island; Nova Scotia; ...) Supply and disposition (10 items: Gross withdrawals; Marketable production; Imports; Residential consumption; ...) Unit of measure (2 items: Cubic metres; Gigajoules). 
    • septiembre 2020
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • abril 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Statistics Division
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
  • T
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statutory corporate income tax rate - This table shows 'basic' (non-targeted) central, sub-central and combined (statutory) corporate income tax rates. Where a progressive (as opposed to flat) rate structure applies, the top marginal rate is shown.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Targeted statutory corporate income tax rate - This table reports central, sub-central and combined corporate income tax rates typically applying for or targeted at 'small (incorporated) business', where such 'targeting' is on the basis of size alone (e.g. number of employees, amount of assets, turnover or taxable income) and not on the basis of expenditures or other targeting criteria. A 'small business corporate tax rate' may be a special statutory corporate tax rate applicable to (all or part of) the taxable income of qualifying 'small' firms (e.g., meeting a turnover, income, or asset test), or an effective corporate tax rate below the basic statutory corporate rate provided through a tax deduction or credit for 'small' firms determined as a percentage of qualifying taxable income (e.g., up to a given threshold). If corporate income is taxed at progressive rates, the rate typically applying for 'small' firms should be reported. Where the central government, or sub-central government, or both, have a lower small business tax rate, the applicable central and sub-central rates are both shown (to enable a combined rate calculation). Thus, for example, where only the sub-central government has a small business rate, the basic central corporate income tax rate is shown in order to compute the combined central and sub-central tax rate on small business (a cross-check with Table II.3 shows whether the central or sub-central rate is basic or not).
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      SCCIT = Sub-Central Corporate Income Tax   Sub-central corporate income tax rates - This table reports information on sub-central government (statutory) corporate income tax rates in the representative case which is used in Table II.1, which can be based on a representative city or an average of sub-central rates. Countries are grouped according to the determination of the sub-central tax base (the representative rate). Minimum and maximum sub-central rates across states/localities are also reported.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Overall statutory tax rates on dividend income- reports effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to a resident individual shareholder, taking account of corporate income tax, personal income tax and any type of integration or relief to reduce the effects of double taxation. PIT: Personal Income Tax CIT: Corporate Income Tax CL - Classical system (dividend income is taxed at the shareholder level in the same way as other types of capital income (e.g. interest income) MCL - Modified classical system (dividend income taxed at preferantial rates (e.g. compared to interest income) at the shareholder level. FI - Full imputation (dividend tax credit at shareholder level for underlying corporate profits tax) PI - Partial imputation (dividend tax credit at shareholder level for part of underlying corporate profits tax) PIN - Partial inclusion (a part of received dividends is included as taxable income at the shareholder level) SR - Split rate system (distributed dividends are taxed at higher rates than retained earnings at the corporate level) NST - No shareholder taxation of dividends (no other tax than the tax on corporate profits) CD - Corporate deduction (corporate level deduction, fully or partly, in respect of dividend paid) OTH - Other types of systems
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Con el objetivo de promover la comparabilidad internacional, las estadísticas presentadas en ILOSTAT se basan en definiciones internacionales estándar siempre que sea posible y pueden diferir de las cifras nacionales oficiales. Esta serie se basa en las definiciones de la 13.ª CIET. Para la comparabilidad de series temporales, incluye países que han implementado las normas de la 19.ª CIET, cuyos datos también están disponibles en la base de datos Work Statistics -- 19.ª CIET (WORK). Esta medición de la dispersión de las ganancias transmite la proporción de asalariados cuyas ganancias por hora en todos los trabajos son inferiores a los dos tercios de las ganancias por hora medianas. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción de la base de datos Estadísticas sobre salarios y tiempo de trabajo (COND).
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year. This table reports average personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW. The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child. The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages). The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC). The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages. The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'unemployment trap' measures what percentage of the gross earnings (after moving into employment) is 'taxed away' by the combined effects of the withdrawal of benefits and higher tax and social security contributions.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The simple approach of comparing the tax/benefit position of example households avoids many of the conceptual and definitional problems involved in more complex international comparisons of tax burdens and transfer programmes. However, a drawback of this methodology is that the earnings of an average worker will usually occupy a different position in the overall income distribution in different economies, although the earnings relate to workers in similar jobs in various OECD Member countries. Because of the limitations on the taxes and benefits covered in the Report, the data cannot be taken as an indication of the overall impact of the government sector on the welfare of taxpayers and their families. Complete coverage would require studies of the impact of indirect taxes, the treatment of non-wage labour income and other income components under personal income taxes and the effect of other tax allowances and cash benefits. Complete coverage would also require that consideration be given to the effect on welfare of services provided by the state, either free or below cost, and the incidence of corporate and other direct taxes on earnings and prices. Such a broad coverage is not possible in an international comparison of all OECD countries. The differences between the results shown here and those of a full study of the overall impact on employees of government interventions in the economy would vary from one country to another. They would depend on the relative shares of different kinds of taxes in government revenues and on the scope and nature of government social expenditures. The Report shows only the formal incidence of taxes on employees and employers. The final, economic incidence of taxes may be quite different, because the tax burden may be shifted from employers onto employees and vice versa by market adjustments to gross wages. The income left at the disposal of a taxpayer may represent different standards of living in various countries because the range of goods and services on which the income is spent and their relative prices differ as between countries. In those countries where the general government sector provides a wide range of goods and services (generous basic old age pension, free health services, public housing, university education, etcetera), the taxpayer may be left with less cash income but may enjoy the same living standards as a taxpayer receiving a higher cash income but living in a country where there are fewer publicly provided goods and services.
    • febrero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Taxes on production and imports (ESA 2010 code D.2) consist of compulsory, unrequited payments, in cash or in kind which are levied by general government, or by the institutions of the European Union, in respect of the production and importation of goods and services, the employment of labour, the ownership or use of land, buildings or other assets used in production. Such taxes are payable irrespective of profits made. In ESA 2010, taxes on production and imports comprise taxes on products and other taxes on production.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Taxes and subsidies on products are current unrequited payments to or from general government or the Institutions of the European Union that are payable per unit of some good or service produced or transacted. The tax or subsidy may be a specific amount of money per unit of quantity of a good or service, or it may be calculated ad valorem as a specified percentage of the price per unit or value of the goods and services produced or transacted.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 septiembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This current Taxing Wages model has evolved from 2 earlier versions. The latest version is based on calculations for the Average Worker (AW) in the private sector (see glossary term), and the results are shown for 8 household types covering one- and two-earner families of varying size and different fractions of average gross wage earnings. There are 14 separate tax burden measures that describe the tax and benefit position of these families. This approach was first followed in the 2005-2006 Taxing Wages publication, which also applied these assumptions to calculate tax burden measures as of 2000. These assumptions have been applied since then in the more recent Taxing Wages publications and website databases. The first version of the Taxing Wages model (historical model A) was based on a more narrow definition of the average worker: the Average Production Worker (APW) solely from the manufacturing sector (see glossary term). It included only two of the current 8 family types, and the results are shown for only 3 of the existing 14 tax burden measures. This model was applied to data for years 1979-2004. The second version (historical model B) continued to use the Average Production Worker (APW) basis for its calculations, but was expanded to cover the full 8 family types that are currently used, and increased the number of tax burden measures to 12 of the 14 currently used. This model was applied to data for years 1997-2004.
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: ESPN Cricinfo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 julio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      International Cricket Council Ranking List  
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: PricewaterhouseCoopers
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 marzo, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Innovation 1000: Top 1000 R&D Spenders contains the listing of the 1000 publicly-traded companies worldwide that spent the most on R&D each of the previous years, ranked by the amount they spent on R&D.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:  Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Data have been rounded to the nearest 5. Due to the rounding, the sum of third country nationals may not necessarily match all-over total. Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis: Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures).
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Definition:Time use represents the average time spent on an activity per day (hours and minutes per day). All persons are included, whether they have performed this activity or not, and all days of the week, as well as working and holiday periods are included. Free time includes activities that are not defined in other time use categories. E.g, volunteer work and meetings, helping other households, socializing and entertainment, sports and outdoor activities, hobbies and games, reading, watching TV, resting or doing nothing. Socializing – includes visiting and receiving visitors, feasts, phone calls and conversation with family or friends, etc. Reading - includes reading periodicals, brochures, books, etc. Sports – includes walking and hiking, all kinds of sports (jogging, ball games, water sports, etc.) productive exercises (hunting, fishing, picking berries, etc.) and sport related activities. Hobbies and games – collecting, correspondence, solo games and play, parlour games and play, gambling, etc. Includes also visual, performing and literary arts. Volunteer work and help – includes work for/through an organization and informal help to other households. Note on data format: Data are reported in number of hours, where decimals represent hundredths of an hour (ex: 1.75 should be read 1 hour and 45 minutes; 0.20 should be read 12 minutes). .. - data not available Country: Armenia Data refer to October 2008 and to the population aged 15-80. Country: Austria Country: Bulgaria Reference period (2002): Data refer to 2001-2002. Country: Bulgaria Reference period (2010): Data refer to 2009-2010. Country: Canada Change in definition (1990 - 2010): Data refer to population aged 20 to 74. Country: Canada Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1992. Country: Canada Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1997. Country: Canada Territorial change (1990 - 2010): Data cover 10 provinces only. Country: Denmark Data covers persons who have been active in the category. Data refer to the population aged 16-74. 1990: data refer to 1987. 2009: data refer to 2008-2009. Country: Estonia Reference period (2000): Data refer to 1999-2000. Country: Estonia Reference period (2010): Data refer to 2009-2010. Country: France 2000: data refer to 1998-1999. 2010: data refer to 2009-2010. Data cover only Metropolitan France. Country: Germany Change in definition (2001): Data refer to the population aged 20-74. Country: Germany Reference period (2001): Data refer to the period from April 2001 to March 2002 Country: Greece Computing is not included in hobbies and games. Participatory activities are not included in volunteer work and help. Other activites - include participatory activities, entertainment and culture, resting - time out, computing, radio and recordings. All persons are included. Country: Hungary 2000: data refer to 1999-2000. 2010: data refer to 2009-2010. Country: Italy 2002: data refer to 2002-2003; 2008: data refer to 2008-2009; 2014: data refer to 2013-2014. Data refer to population aged 20-74. For all years activities are coded according to the last Harmonized European Time Use Survey Guidelines (HETUS 2008). Country: Kazakhstan Additional information (2003): The structure of time use within 7 days (man / hours per week). Data refer to the age group 16 years and older. Country: Kazakhstan Additional information (2006): The structure of time use within 7 days (man / hours per week). Data refer to the age group 18 years and older. Country: Kazakhstan Additional information (2012): The structure of time use within 7 days (man / hours per week). Data refer to the age group 10 years and older. Country: Luxembourg Data refer to the population aged 10-74. `TV and video` category includes listening radio and music. `Hobbies and games` include culture, entertainments and excursions. `Other activities` refer to `to do nothing`. Country: Netherlands Break in methodlogy (2006): Data is collected according to the Harmonised European Time Use Survey (HETUS) replacing the original Dutch Time Use Survey. Country: Norway 2010: data refer to 2010-2011. Country: Poland 2004: data refer to 2003-2004. 2013: ''Hobbies and games'' includes also computing and Internet (not measured in 2003/2004 survey). Country: Romania Reference period (2000): Data refer to August and September 2000. Country: Romania Reference period (2011 - 2012): Statistical survey on time use (TUS), carried out in households during september 2011 - september 2012 Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. 2010 data refer to 2010-2011. Country: Spain 2003: data refer to 2002-2003. Country: Sweden Change in definition (2000 - 2010): Data refer to the population aged 20-64. Country: Sweden Reference period (2010): Data refer to April 2010-March 2011 Country: Switzerland 1995: data refer to 1997. Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Reference period (2014): Time Use Survey was carried out over a period of 12 months, from May 2014 until April 2015. Country: Turkey For 2006 the data refer to persons aged 15+. For 2015 the data refer to persons aged 10+.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since new and young firms contribute critically to job creation, innovation and growth, observing recent trends of firm formation provides valuable information to policy makers. Seasonal adjustment: For the purpose of presentation of quarterly series, seasonal adjustment is applied using TramoSeats algorithm with 5 regressors: log/level, trading days, Easter, outlier detection, and automatic model identification). Series are log-transformed and decomposed into a trend component. Finally, index is calculated based on a 2007 (2007 = average of 2007 quarters) in order to present movements between the base year and a given quarter.
    • febrero 2022
      Fuente: TomTom
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 febrero, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The TomTom Traffic Index is published to provide drivers, industry and policy makers with unbiased information about congestion levels in urban areas. Now in its 6th year, we’re offering even more insight into why our urban centers are congested, putting the issue into context, and offering ideas about how the problem can be alleviated. This year, TomTom is also celebrating those cities that deserve special recognition for their efforts to beat traffic congestion, with the TomTom Traffic Index awards.
    • junio 2020
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 julio, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Top Twenty U.S. Aerospace Export Markets F.A.S. Value in $ millions (Total Exports)
    • mayo 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table shows the top statutory personal income tax rate and top marginal tax rates for employees at the earnings threshold where the top statutory PIT rate first applies.
    • septiembre 2021
      Fuente: Aerospace Industries Association, U.S.
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 octubre, 2021
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Top U.S. Trading Partners for Aerospace and Defense Data cited at:https://www.aia-aerospace.org/
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total area that received irrigation by crop type, province and drainage region. The unit of measure is hectares.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Social benefits consists of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration, other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure (payment of property income and other).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Expenditure on social protection contains: Social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; Administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; Other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total general government expenditure is defined in ESA 2010 8.100 and chapter 20 by reference to a list of categories: intermediate consumption, gross capital formation, compensation of employees, other taxes on production, subsidies, payable property income, current taxes on income, wealth, etc., social benefits other than social transfers in kind, social transfers in kind - purchased market production, other current transfers, adjustments for the change in pension entitlements, capital transfers and acquisitions less disposals of non-financial non-produced assets.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total general government revenue is defined in ESA 2010 8.100 and chapter 20 by reference to a list of categories: market output, output for own final use, payments for non-market output, taxes on production and imports, other subsidies on production, receivable property income, current taxes on income, wealth, etc., net social contributions, other current transfers and capital transfers.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Although motorways constitute only a small part of the entire road network, their length has more than tripled over the last 30 years. Extraordinary growth can be noticed for Greece and Spain. In 2000, the most extensive motorway network within EU15 can be found in Germany, followed by France and Spain.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definition: Railway : Line of communication made up by rail exclusively for the use of railway vehicles. Line of communication is part of space equipped for the execution of transport. Railway network : All railways in a given area. This does not include stretches of road or water even if rolling stock should be conveyed over such routes, e.g. by wagon-carrying trailers or ferries. Lines solely used for touristic purposes during the season are excluded as are railways constructed solely to serve mines, forests or other industrial or agricultural undertakings and which are not open to public traffic. Track : A pair of rails over which railway vehicles can run. Track gauge : Distance between a pair of rails measured between the inside edges of the rail heads. The following track gauges are in use: - Standard gauge: 1.435 m - Large gauge: 1.524 m (VR,SZR); 1.600 m (CIE, NIR); 1.668 m (RENFE, CP) - Narrow gauge: 0.60 m, 0.70 m,0.75 m, 0.76 m, 0.785 m, 0.90 m, 1.00 m. Electrified track : Track provided with an overhead trolley wire or with conductor rail to permit electric traction. Line : One or more adjacent running tracks forming a route between two points. Where a section of network comprises two or more lines running alongside one another, there are as many lines as routes to which tracks are allotted exclusively. Average length of line operated throughout the year : The length of line used for traffic throughout the reported year (including lines operated jointly with other railway enterprises) plus the average length of lines opened or closed during the year (weighted by the number of days they have been operated). The total length of line operated is the length operated for passenger or goods transport, or both. When a line is operated simultaneously by several enterprises it will be counted only once. Electrified line : Line with one or more electrified running tracks. Sections of lines adjacent to stations that are electrified only to permit shunting and not electrified as far as the next stations are to be counted as non-electrified lines. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Belarus Passenger only rail traffic includes freight as well. Country: Finland Change in statistical methods in 2015. Country: Latvia From 2009, lines temporarily closed are not included. Country: Netherlands Data are at 1 April. Country: Spain Refers to Renfe and ADIF only Country: Turkey Excludes branch and station lines. Country: United States Includes only Class I freight railroads.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definition: Railway : Line of communication made up by rail exclusively for the use of railway vehicles. Line of communication is part of space equipped for the execution of transport. Railway network : All railways in a given area. This does not include stretches of road or water even if rolling stock should be conveyed over such routes, e.g. by wagon-carrying trailers or ferries. Lines solely used for touristic purposes during the season are excluded as are railways constructed solely to serve mines, forests or other industrial or agricultural undertakings and which are not open to public traffic. Track : A pair of rails over which railway vehicles can run. Track gauge : Distance between a pair of rails measured between the inside edges of the rail heads. The following track gauges are in use: - Standard gauge: 1.435 m - Large gauge: 1.524 m (VR,SZR); 1.600 m (CIE, NIR); 1.668 m (RENFE, CP) - Narrow gauge: 0.60 m, 0.70 m,0.75 m, 0.76 m, 0.785 m, 0.90 m, 1.00 m. Electrified track : Track provided with an overhead trolley wire or with conductor rail to permit electric traction. Line : One or more adjacent running tracks forming a route between two points. Where a section of network comprises two or more lines running alongside one another, there are as many lines as routes to which tracks are allotted exclusively. Average length of line operated throughout the year : The length of line used for traffic throughout the reported year (including lines operated jointly with other railway enterprises) plus the average length of lines opened or closed during the year (weighted by the number of days they have been operated). The total length of line operated is the length operated for passenger or goods transport, or both. When a line is operated simultaneously by several enterprises it will be counted only once. Electrified line : Line with one or more electrified running tracks. Sections of lines adjacent to stations that are electrified only to permit shunting and not electrified as far as the next stations are to be counted as non-electrified lines. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Finland Change in statistical methods in 2015. Country: Latvia From 2009, lines temporarily closed are not included. Country: Netherlands Data are at 1 April. Country: Spain Refers to Renfe and ADIF only Country: Turkey Excludes branch and station lines. Country: United States Includes only Class I freight railroads.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definition: Railway : Line of communication made up by rail exclusively for the use of railway vehicles. Line of communication is part of space equipped for the execution of transport. Railway network : All railways in a given area. This does not include stretches of road or water even if rolling stock should be conveyed over such routes, e.g. by wagon-carrying trailers or ferries. Lines solely used for touristic purposes during the season are excluded as are railways constructed solely to serve mines, forests or other industrial or agricultural undertakings and which are not open to public traffic. Track : A pair of rails over which railway vehicles can run. Track gauge : Distance between a pair of rails measured between the inside edges of the rail heads. The following track gauges are in use: - Standard gauge: 1.435 m - Large gauge: 1.524 m (VR,SZR); 1.600 m (CIE, NIR); 1.668 m (RENFE, CP) - Narrow gauge: 0.60 m, 0.70 m,0.75 m, 0.76 m, 0.785 m, 0.90 m, 1.00 m. Electrified track : Track provided with an overhead trolley wire or with conductor rail to permit electric traction. Line : One or more adjacent running tracks forming a route between two points. Where a section of network comprises two or more lines running alongside one another, there are as many lines as routes to which tracks are allotted exclusively. Average length of line operated throughout the year : The length of line used for traffic throughout the reported year (including lines operated jointly with other railway enterprises) plus the average length of lines opened or closed during the year (weighted by the number of days they have been operated). The total length of line operated is the length operated for passenger or goods transport, or both. When a line is operated simultaneously by several enterprises it will be counted only once. Electrified line : Line with one or more electrified running tracks. Sections of lines adjacent to stations that are electrified only to permit shunting and not electrified as far as the next stations are to be counted as non-electrified lines. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Finland Change in statistical methods in 2015. Country: Latvia From 2009, lines temporarily closed are not included. Country: Netherlands Data are at 1 April. Country: Spain Refers to Renfe and ADIF only Country: Turkey Excludes branch and station lines. Country: United States Includes only Class I freight railroads.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 febrero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definitions: Road : Line of communication (travelled way) using a stabilized base other than rails or air strips open to public traffic, primarily for the use of road motor vehicles running on their own wheels. Included are bridges, tunnels, supporting structures, junctions, crossings and interchanges. Toll roads are also included. Excluded are dedicated cycle paths. Category of road (state roads, provincial roads, local roads) : Classification of the road network according to: (a) administration responsible for its construction maintenance and/or (b) according to design standards or, (c) according to the users allowed to have access on the road. Motorway : Road, specially designed and built for motor traffic, which does not serve properties bordering on it, and which: (a) is provided, except at special points or temporarily, with separate carriageways for the two directions of traffic, separated from each other, either by a dividing strip not intended for traffic, or exceptionally by other means; (b) does not cross at level with any road, railway or tramway track, or footpath; (c) is specially sign-posted as a motorway and is reserved for specific categories of road motor vehicles. Entry and exit lanes of motorways are included irrespectively of the location of the sign-posts. Urban motorways are also included. E road : The international “E“ network consists of a system of reference roads as laid down in the European Agreement on Main International Arteries, Geneva, 15 November 1975 and its amendments. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Georgia ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: Hungary ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: Azerbaijan ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: Belarus ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: Croatia In 2012, the Highway Act came into force and unclassified roads are excluded from other roads Country: Czechia Road administration system change since 1 January 2016; most expressways were changed into class II motorways. Country: Estonia ''Motorways'' refers to first class roads, ''Provincial roads'' refers to local roads, ''Local roads'' refers to forest and private roads Country: Kazakhstan For 2008 and data prior to 2006, ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: Netherlands ''Motorways'' includes communal, provincial and state roads. ''Local roads'' refers to communal and district water board roads. Data are from 1 April. Country: Norway Data for state roads and provincial roads from 2010 onward are not comparable with previous years due to the reclassification of approximately 17 000 kilometres of roads. Country: Portugal Refers to mainland only Country: Russian Federation ''Motorways'' refers to Category 1A roads of federal, regional or inter-municipal significance, ''State roads'' refers to public roads of federal significance. ''Provincial roads'' refers to public roads of regional or inter-municipal significance. Country: Slovenia From 1998, motorways refers to state motorways and highways. State roads refers to main and secondary state roads. Provincial roads refers to urban and rural municipal roads. Communal roads refers to combined urban / rural municipal roads. Country: Sweden ''Other roads'' excludes private roads without operational grants. ''State roads'' includes E roads and national roads. Country: Switzerland State roads refer to other national roads. Provincial roads refer to canton roads. Country: Turkey 'Other roads' does not include urban roads. Country: Ukraine For data prior to 2006, ''Local roads included under ''Provincial Roads'' Country: United Kingdom Through 1997, 'State roads', 'Provincial roads' and 'Communal roads' refer to Great Britain. E roads refers to Great Britain for all years. Country: United States Motorways include Puerto Rico.
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      "Paper and paper board" comprises the sum of graphic papers; sanitary and household papers; packaging materials and other paper and paperboard. It excludes manufactured paper products such as boxes, cartons, books and magazines.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D is counted as 0.4 FTE.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. Head count (HC) data measure the total number of researchers who are mainly or partly employed on R&D.
    • enero 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sawnwood: Wood that has been produced either by sawing lengthways or by a profile-chipping process and that exceeds 6 mm in thickness. It includes planks, beams, joists, boards, rafters, scantlings, laths, boxboards and "lumber", etc., in the following forms: unplaned, planed, end-jointed, etc. It is reported in cubic metres solid volume (m³).
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 septiembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors:Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The lack of common definitions and practices to measure transport infrastructure spending hinders comparisons between countries and spending options. Data for road and rail infrastructure are the most comprehensive while data on sea port and airport spending are less detailed in coverage and definition. While our survey covers all sources of financing a number of countries exclude private spending, including Japan and India. Around 65% of countries report data on urban spending while for the remaining countries data on spending in this area are missing. Indicators such as the share of GDP needed for investment in transport infrastructure, depend on a number of factors, such as the quality and age of existing infrastructure, maturity of the transport system, geography of the country and transport-intensity of its productive sector. Caution is therefore required when comparing investment data between countries. However, data for individual countries and country groups are consistent over time and useful for identifying underlying trends and changes in levels of spending, especially for inland transport infrastructure. These issues of definitions and methods are addressed in a companion report Understanding the Value of Transport Infrastructure – Guidelines for macro-level measurement of spending and assets (ITF/OECD2013) that aims to improve the international collection of related statistics.
    • julio 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 julio, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 diciembre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • octubre 2022
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 octubre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of the turnover index is to show the development of the market of services. Turnover comprises the totals invoiced by the observation unit during the reference period, and this corresponds to market sales of services supplied to third parties. Turnover also includes all other charges (transport, packaging, etc.) passed on to the customer, even if these charges are listed separately in the invoice. Turnover excludes VAT and other similar deductible taxes directly linked to turnover as well all duties and taxes on services invoiced by the unit. Service is defined as the Nace Rev.2 branches from G to N (except retail trade and repair). Depending of the countries, the index is compiled either as a Laspeyres type or either as a simple value relative. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprises of a given sector during the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
  • U
    • febrero 2022
      Fuente: U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 marzo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Homeland Security
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Yearbook of Immigration Statistics is a compendium of tables that provides data on foreign nationals who, during a fiscal year, were granted lawful permanent residence (i.e., admitted as immigrants or became legal permanent residents), were admitted into the United States on a temporary basis (e.g., tourists, students, or workers), applied for asylum or refugee status, or were naturalized.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data updates are released on every Thursday.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset covers the following public data available at US Dept. of Agriculture website. 1. Wheat: Supply and disappearance 2. Hard red winter wheat: Supply and disappearance 3. Hard red spring wheat: Supply and disappearance 4. Soft red winter wheat: Supply and disappearance 5. White wheat: Supply and disappearance 6. U.S. wheat exports by selected destinations (1,000 metric tons) Reference Market year (start from Jun-May) Q 1 in Market year: Jun-August Q 2 in Market year: Sep-Nov Q 3 in Market year: Dec-Feb Q 4 in Market year: March-May
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The unemployed are all the persons above a specific age who, during the reference period, were: (a) without work, i.e. were not in paid employment or self-employment, and (b) currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment during the reference period, and (c) seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in a specified reference period to seek paid employment or self-employment. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The unemployment rate is the share (in per cent) of the unemployed in the labour force (employed + unemployed). Total unemployment rate provided in this table may slightly differ from total unemployment rate provided in Economic Statistics, due to the use of different sources. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified in country footnotes. Country: Albania Change in definition (1990 - 2006): Data refer to registered unemployment. Country: Albania Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Data refer to registered unemployment. Country: Armenia Up to 2006: data refer to the population aged 16-63 and based on the administrative register. Break in methodlogy: 2007 data refer to population aged 16-75. Break in methodlogy: from 2008 data refer to the population aged 15-75 and compiled according to ILO definition. Break in methodlogy: from 2007 to 2013 data are based on the Integrated Survey of the Household Living Standards. Break in methodlogy: since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Country: Austria 1980-1990: data refer to national definition (Life Subsistence Concept). From 1995: data comply with ILO definition. 1980: data refer to 1981. Age group 60-64 refers to 60+. Country: Azerbaijan 2004-2005: data refer to official estimates; males aged 15-61 and females 15-56. Country: Belarus Data refer to registered unemployment. Country: Belgium 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Bulgaria 1990: data refer to 1993. Data refer to population aged 15-74. Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. 1995/2000 : break in series due to change in methodology. Country: Denmark 1980: data refer to 1983. Data refer to population aged 15-66. Country: Estonia Data refer to population aged 15-74. Prior to 1997 data refer to population aged 15-69. Age group 55-59 refers to 55-74. Country: Finland Data refer to the population aged 15-74. 1980/1990 : break in series due to change in methodology. Country: France Data do not cover the overseas departments (DOM). Country: Georgia Data do not cover Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Germany 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Greece 1980 : data refer to 1983. Country: Hungary 1990: data refer to 1992. Data refer to population aged 15-74. Country: Iceland Break in methodlogy (2003): Break in serie because of change to continuous survey every week of the year. Country: Iceland Change in definition (1980 - 2013): Data refer to population aged 16-74. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. Country: Iceland Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1981 Country: Iceland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991 Country: Ireland 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Israel 1995-2000 : age group 15-19 refers to 15-17; age group 20-24 refers to 18-24; age group 25-49 refers to 25-54. Country: Italy 1980-1990 : data refer to the persons aged 14+, who have been seeking employment in the last 6 months. From 1995 : data refer to the persons aged 15+, who have been seeking employment in the last 30 days. Country: Kyrgyzstan 2000,2001, 2003-2011: data refer to registered unemployed persons. 2002: data are based on household survey. Country: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996. 1995/2000 : break in series due to adjustment to the results of 2000 Population Census. Country: Lithuania 1995 : data refer to 1997. Country: Netherlands 1980 : data refer to 1985. Country: Norway Prior to 2005 age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. Country: Poland 1990 : data refer to 1992. Country: Romania 1995: data refer to the population aged 14+. Age group 60-64 refers to 60+. Country: Russian Federation 1990: data refer to 1992. Before 2006: data do not cover the Chechen Republic. Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Spain Data refer to population aged 16-74. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. Country: Sweden 1980 : data refer to the population aged 16+. From 1990 : data refer to the population aged 16-64. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. 1995-2000 : break in series due to change in methodology. Country: Switzerland 1990 : data refer to 1991. 1990-2002 : age group 15-19 refers to 15-24; age group 25-49 refers to 25-54; age group 55-59 refers to 55-64. Country: Tajikistan Change in definition (2004 - 2009): Data for age group 60-64 refers to 60-75. Country: Turkey Break in series (2014): Since 2014 series are not comparable with the previous years due to methodological changes in LFS. Country: Turkey From 2004, data are revised according to the new population projections. Country: Ukraine From 2014 data cover the territories under the government control. Country: Ukraine Data refer to the population aged 15-70. 1995 : data refer to registered unemployment. Country: United Kingdom Data refer to the population aged 16+. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. Country: United States Data refer to the population aged 16+. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19. As of 2000, age-group 25-49 refers to 25-54 and 55-59 refers to 55-64. Country: Uzbekistan Data refer to registered unemployment. Country: Uzbekistan Data for 1995-2006 refer to persons officially registered as unemployed. Since 2007 data refer to de facto unemployed population.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains data on the share of the five durations - less than 1 month, >1 month and < 3 months, >3 months and <6 months, >6 months and <1 year, 1 year and over - of unemployment among total unemployment by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Unemployment rate and employment rate by type of student during summer months, sex and age group, last 5 months. Data are also available for the standard error of the estimate and the standard error of the year-over-year change.
    • enero 2024
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (EUROSTAT, OECD, CIS) official sources. Definition: The unemployment rate is the share (in per cent) of the unemployed in the labour force. Unemployment data provided in this table may differ from unemployment data provided in Gender Statistics, due to the use of different sources. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS), unless otherwise specified in country footnotes. The UNECE secretariat presents time series ready for immediate analysis. When appropriate, source segments with methodological differences have been linked or rescaled to build long consistent time series. As a result, figures presented in this table may differ from those published by National Statistical Offices. Regional aggregates are computed by UNECE secretariat. For more details, see the composition of regions note. Country: Albania Data refer to registered unemployment, end of period, and are compiled by the National Statistical Office using administrative records. Country: Armenia Data refer to registered unemployment, end of period, and are compiled by the National Statistical Office using administrative records. Country: Belarus Data refer to registered unemployment, end of period, and are compiled by the National Statistical Office using administrative records. Country: France Geographical Coverage: Data for France do not include the overseas departments (DOM). Country: Georgia Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). Country: Israel Designation and data provided by Israel. The position of the United Nations on the question of Jerusalem is contained in General Assembly resolution 181 (II) and subsequent resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council concerning this question. Data include East Jerusalem. Country: Liechtenstein Unemployment: Break in series, from year 2006 data according to ILO definition. Data up to year 2005 included border workers from neighboring countries. Country: Moldova, Republic of Geographical Coverage: from 1993 excludes Transnistria. Country: Serbia Geographical Coverage: from 1999, excludes Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Tajikistan Data refer to registered unemployment, end of period, and are compiled by the National Statistical Office using administrative records. Country: Ukraine Geographical coverage: from 2014, does not includes all territory of Ukraine. Country: Uzbekistan Data refer to registered unemployment, end of period, and are compiled by the National Statistical Office using administrative records.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • septiembre 2023
      Fuente: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National Monitoring : School life expectancy by level of education
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2022
      Fuente: United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 junio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note:  In the 2017 data, figures between 1 and 4 represent situations where the figures are being kept confidential to protect the anonymity of individuals. Such figures are not included in any totals. The UNHCR Population Statistics Database currently contains data about UNHCR's populations of concern from the year 1959 up to 2017. UNHCR identifies seven population categories, collectively referred to as ‘persons of concern’: refugees, asylum-seekers, internally displaced persons (IDPs), refugees who have returned home (returnees), IDPs who have returned home, persons under UNHCR’s statelessness mandate, and others who do not fall under these categories but to whom the agency extends protection. Since 2007, two additional sub-categories have been added: individuals in refugee-like situations (included under refugees) and those in IDP-like situations (included under IDPs). Refugees include individuals recognised under the 1951 Convention relating to the Status of Refugees; its 1967 Protocol; the 1969 OAU Convention Governing the Specific Aspects of Refugee Problems in Africa; those recognised in accordance with the UNHCR Statute; individuals granted complementary forms of protection; or those enjoying temporary protection. Since 2007, the refugee population also includes people in a refugee-like situation. Asylum-seekers are individuals who have sought international protection and whose claims for refugee status have not yet been determined, irrespective of when they may have been lodged. Internally displaced persons (IDPs) are people or groups of individuals who have been forced to leave their homes or places of habitual residence, in particular as a result of, or in order to avoid the effects of armed conflict, situations of generalised violence, violations of human rights, or natural or man-made disasters, and who have not crossed an international border. For the purposes of UNHCR's statistics, this population only includes conflict-generated IDPs to whom the Office extends protection and/or assistance. Since 2007, the IDP population also includes people in an IDP-like situation. Returned refugees are former refugees who have returned to their country of origin spontaneously or in an organised fashion but are yet to be fully integrated. Such return would normally only take place in conditions of safety and dignity. Returned IDPs refer to those IDPs who were beneficiaries of UNHCR's protection and assistance activities and who returned to their areas of origin or habitual residence during the year. Stateless persons are defined under international law as persons who are not considered as nationals by any State under the operation of its law. In other words, they do not possess the nationality of any State. UNHCR statistics refer to persons who fall under the agency’s statelessness mandate because they are stateless according to this international definition, but data from some countries may also include persons with undetermined nationality. Others of concern refers to individuals who do not necessarily fall directly into any of the groups above, but to whom UNHCR extends its protection and/or assistance services, based on humanitarian or other special grounds.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Early Estimates of Quarterly Unit Labour Cost (ULC) indicators for the total economy provide current edge data on ULCs and their components labour productivity and labour compensation per employed person.  Recent and more longer terms trends in productivity and competitiveness on the total economy level and by sector or activity can be found in the OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators.Data of quarterly GDP, labour compensation and employment are sourced from the OECD Quarterly National Accounts and the Main Economic Indicators Databases.  Early Estimates of Quarterly ULCs are available for all OECD member countries (except Chile, Iceland, Mexico), as well as for the zone aggregates Euro area and OECD Total. Unit labour costs (ULCs) measure the average cost of labour per unit of output. They are calculated as the ratio of total labour costs to real output. Different from the estimates of annual ULC above, the Early Estimates of Quarterly ULC use employment and not hours worked as measure of labour input (see below "Other aspects, Recommended uses and limitations"). Quarterly ULCs can be decomposed into the components labour compensation per employee and output per person employed (employment-based labour productivity). The OECD estimates of total labour costs adjust for labour compensation of self-employed persons Every effort has been made to ensure that data are comparable across countries. The adjustment for the self-employed assumes that labour compensation per person is equivalent for the self-employed and employees. This assumption may be more or less valid across different countries and economic activities.  EEQ ULCs are also fully compatible with the ULC series published by the ECB which provides ULC series for 21 EU OECD member countries and Euro area. Those for nine Non-EU member OECD countries are compiled by the OECD following a methodology that is fully consistent with that used by the ECB.
    • febrero 2024
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • octubre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Total usually resident population reported by the EU Member States for the purposes of qualified majority voting in the Council (Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013, Article 4).
  • V
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies.
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • noviembre 2023
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Value per head of livestock at July 1, Canada and provinces (in dollars). Data are available on an annual basis.
    • diciembre 2020
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 diciembre, 2020
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2023
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • W
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Number of employees by weekly wage distributions, type of work, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) and sex, last 5 months.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates Report (WASDE): World Supply and Use   Note 1: The dataset considered the market year as follows   2018/19 actual year referred as 2019, 2019/20 Estimated year  referred as 2020 and 2020 for Current Month 2020/2021 Projection year referred as 2020 for Monthly and 2021 for Annual   Note 2: For Regions: -Central Asia, Afr. Fr. Zone, Australia, Thailand, Vietnam For Crop: -Cotton For Indicator: -Production and Imports Values ​​are Less than 5,000 bales.
    • julio 2022
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 julio, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The ease of doing business score helps assess the absolute level of regulatory performance over time. It captures the gap of each economy from the best regulatory performance observed on each of the indicators across all economies in the Doing Business sample since 2005. One can both see the gap between a particular economy’s performance and the best performance at any point in time and assess the absolute change in the economy’s regulatory environment over time as measured by Doing Business. An economy’s ease of doing business score is reflected on a scale from 0 to 100, where 0 represents the lowest and 100 represents the best performance. For example, an ease of doing business score of 75 in Doing Business 2019 means an economy was 25 percentage points away from the best regulatory performance constructed across all economies and across time. A score of 80 in Doing Business 2020 would indicate the economy is improving   NOTE- The source discontinued this dataset; Reference-Doing Business Legacy (worldbank.org)
    • mayo 2024
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The primary World Bank collection of development indicators, compiled from officially-recognized international sources. It presents the most current and accurate global development data available, and includes national, regional and global estimates
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The baseline forecast is for the world economy to continue growing at 3.2 percent during 2024 and 2025, at the same pace as in 2023. A slight acceleration for advanced economies—where growth is expected to rise from 1.6 percent in 2023 to 1.7 percent in 2024 and 1.8 percent in 2025—will be offset by a modest slowdown in emerging market and developing economies from 4.3 percent in 2023 to 4.2 percent in both 2024 and 2025. The forecast for global growth five years from now—at 3.1 percent—is at its lowest in decades. Global inflation is forecast to decline steadily, from 6.8 percent in 2023 to 5.9 percent in 2024 and 4.5 percent in 2025, with advanced economies returning to their inflation targets sooner than emerging market and developing economies. Core inflation is generally projected to decline more gradually.
    • abril 2024
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The baseline forecast is for the world economy to continue growing at 3.2 percent during 2024 and 2025, at the same pace as in 2023. A slight acceleration for advanced economies—where growth is expected to rise from 1.6 percent in 2023 to 1.7 percent in 2024 and 1.8 percent in 2025—will be offset by a modest slowdown in emerging market and developing economies from 4.3 percent in 2023 to 4.2 percent in both 2024 and 2025. The forecast for global growth five years from now—at 3.1 percent—is at its lowest in decades. Global inflation is forecast to decline steadily, from 6.8 percent in 2023 to 5.9 percent in 2024 and 4.5 percent in 2025, with advanced economies returning to their inflation targets sooner than emerging market and developing economies. Core inflation is generally projected to decline more gradually.
    • agosto 2023
      Fuente: World Nuclear Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 diciembre, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at:  World Nuclear Association   World Largest Uranium Mines, 2017
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: British Geological Survey
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World Mineral Production covers the majority of economically important mineral commodities. For each commodity constant efforts are made to ensure that as many producing countries as possible are reported. For some commodities, where statistics on production are not publicly available, estimates are made.
    • octubre 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 octubre, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 2022 Revision of World Population Prospects is the twenty-seventh edition of official United Nations population estimates and projections that have been prepared by the Population Division of the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations Secretariat.
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Reporters Without Borders
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Range of Score to Access the Press Freedom. (New Scale) From 85 to 100 points: Good From 70 to 85 points: Satisfactory From 55 to 70 points: Problematic From 40 to 55 points: Difficult From 0 to 40 points: Very Serious   The Range of Score to Access the Press Freedom. (Old Scale) From 0 to 15 points: Good From 15.01 to 25 points: Fairly good From 25.01 to 35 points: Problematic From 35.01 to 55 points: Bad From 55.01 to 100 points: Very bad Note: Negative value is available for 2012 only and it represents the country in top* The press freedom index that Reporters Without Borders publishes every year measures the level of freedom of information in nearly 180 countries. It reflects the degree of freedom that journalists, news organizations and netizens enjoy in each country, and the efforts made by the authorities to respect and ensure respect for this freedom. It is based partly on a questionnaire that is sent to our partner organizations (18 freedom of expression NGOs located in all five continents), to our network of 150 correspondents, and to journalists, researchers, jurists and human rights activists. The 179 countries ranked in this year's index are those for which Reporters Without Borders received completed questionnaires from various sources. Some countries were not included because of a lack of reliable, confirmed data. A score and a position are assigned to each country in the final ranking. They are complementary indicators that together assess the state of press freedom. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned.   * In order to have a bigger spread in the scores and increase the differentiation between countries, this year's questionnaire had more answers assigning negative points. That is why countries at the top of the index have negative scores this year. Although the point system has produced a broader distribution of scores than in 2010, each country's evolution over the years can still be plotted by comparing its position in the index rather than its score. This is what the arrows in the table refer to – a country's change in position in the index compared with the preceding year.      
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Strategy&amp;
      Subido por: Suraj Kumar
      Acceso el: 02 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Innovation 1000 study analyses spending at the world's 1000 largest publicly listed corporate R&D spenders.
    • marzo 2022
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Jonathan Kilach
      Acceso el: 21 marzo, 2022
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset presents the total number of containers handled by a port, per country, expressed in twenty-foot equivalent units (TEUs). A TEU represents the volume of a standard 20 feet long intermodal container used for loading, unloading, repositioning and transshipment. A 40-foot intermodal container is counted as two TEUs. Maritime Transport Indicators: Container Port Throughput, Annual, 2010-2020 NB: Sudan values prior to 2011 are before secession of South Sudan TRANSLATE with xEnglishArabicHebrewPolishBulgarianHindiPortugueseCatalanHmong DawRomanianChinese SimplifiedHungarianRussianChinese TraditionalIndonesianSlovakCzechItalianSlovenianDanishJapaneseSpanishDutchKlingonSwedishEnglishKoreanThaiEstonianLatvianTurkishFinnishLithuanianUkrainianFrenchMalayUrduGermanMalteseVietnameseGreekNorwegianWelshHaitian CreolePersian  TRANSLATE with COPY THE URL BELOW BackEMBED THE SNIPPET BELOW IN YOUR SITEEnable collaborative features and customize widget: Bing Webmaster PortalBack
  • Y
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2024
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2024
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2023
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2023
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat and ILO) official sources. Definition: The young unemployed are all the persons aged 15-24 who, during the reference period, were: (a) without work, i.e. were not in paid employment or self-employment, and (b) currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment during the reference period, and (c) seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in a specified reference period to seek paid employment or self-employment. For additional information, see the International Conference of Labour Statisticians (ICLS). The youth unemployment rate is the share of the young unemployed in the active population (employed + unemployed) aged 15-24. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) unless otherwise specified. For the following countries, data come from the comparable harmonized unemployment statistics produced by EUROSTAT and OECD: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States.Country: AlbaniaChange in definition (1990 - 2012): Data refer to registered unemployment.Country: Armenia 2008: break in series.Country: Austria 1990 : data refer to national definition (Life Subsistence Concept). From 1995 : data comply with ILO definition.Country: BelarusData refer to registered unemployment.Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus.Country: France Data do not cover the overseas departments (DOM).Country: Georgia Data do not cover Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali).Country: IcelandBreak in methodlogy (2003): Break in serie because of change to continuous survey every week of the year.Country: IcelandChange in definition (1980 - 2013): Data refer to population aged 16-74. Age group 15-19 refers to 16-19.Country: IcelandReference period (1980): Data refer to 1981Country: IcelandReference period (1990): Data refer to 1991Country: Israel From 2006 data refer to ave group 18-24.Country: Italy 1990 : data refer to the persons aged 14-24, who have been seeking employment in the last 6 months. From 1995 : data refer to the persons aged 15-24, who have been seeking employment in the last 30 days.Country: Latvia 1995 : data refer to 1996. 1995/2000 : break in series due to adjustment to the results of 2000 Population Census.Country: Romania 1995 : data refer to the age group 14-24.Country: Russian Federation 1990 : data refer to 1992. Before 2006: data do not cover the Chechen Republic.Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija.Country: Sweden Data refer to the age group 16-24. 1995-2000 : break in series due to change in methodology.Country: TajikistanChange in definition (2004 - 2009): Data for age group 60-64 refers to 60-75.Country: Ukraine Data do not cover the persons who are still living in the area of Chernobyl contaminated with radioactive material. Data do not cover the persons who are living in institutions and those who are working in the army.Country: United Kingdom Data refer to the age group 16-24.Country: United States Data refer to the age group 16-24.